US20090012004A1 - HLA binding peptides and their uses - Google Patents
HLA binding peptides and their uses Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20090012004A1 US20090012004A1 US11/882,719 US88271907A US2009012004A1 US 20090012004 A1 US20090012004 A1 US 20090012004A1 US 88271907 A US88271907 A US 88271907A US 2009012004 A1 US2009012004 A1 US 2009012004A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- peptide
- peptides
- cells
- sequence
- immunogenic
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 422
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 title claims abstract description 217
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 41
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 85
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 85
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 84
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 82
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 73
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 63
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 12
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 43
- 210000001151 cytotoxic T lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims description 30
- 230000005867 T cell response Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- AHOKKYCUWBLDST-QYULHYBRSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s,3s)-2-[[(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoyl]amino]-3-methylpentanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 AHOKKYCUWBLDST-QYULHYBRSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 abstract description 55
- 101150029707 ERBB2 gene Proteins 0.000 abstract description 49
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 abstract description 13
- 241000187479 Mycobacterium tuberculosis Species 0.000 abstract description 12
- 102000007066 Prostate-Specific Antigen Human genes 0.000 abstract description 11
- 108010072866 Prostate-Specific Antigen Proteins 0.000 abstract description 11
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 11
- 208000005176 Hepatitis C Diseases 0.000 abstract description 8
- 241000701806 Human papillomavirus Species 0.000 abstract description 8
- 208000002672 hepatitis B Diseases 0.000 abstract description 8
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 abstract description 6
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 abstract description 6
- 241000712902 Lassa mammarenavirus Species 0.000 abstract description 6
- 108010071463 Melanoma-Specific Antigens Proteins 0.000 abstract description 3
- 102000007557 Melanoma-Specific Antigens Human genes 0.000 abstract description 3
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 abstract 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 abstract 1
- 230000006044 T cell activation Effects 0.000 abstract 1
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 131
- 108700018351 Major Histocompatibility Complex Proteins 0.000 description 69
- 230000020382 suppression by virus of host antigen processing and presentation of peptide antigen via MHC class I Effects 0.000 description 69
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 49
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 35
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 32
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 32
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 28
- 206010022000 influenza Diseases 0.000 description 27
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 26
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 24
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 24
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 24
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 24
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 24
- 108091054437 MHC class I family Proteins 0.000 description 23
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 23
- 102000008949 Histocompatibility Antigens Class I Human genes 0.000 description 22
- 102100041003 Glutamate carboxypeptidase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 21
- 101000892862 Homo sapiens Glutamate carboxypeptidase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 21
- 210000000612 antigen-presenting cell Anatomy 0.000 description 21
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 21
- 102100028972 HLA class I histocompatibility antigen, A alpha chain Human genes 0.000 description 20
- 108010075704 HLA-A Antigens Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 19
- 208000037581 Persistent Infection Diseases 0.000 description 18
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 18
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 17
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 16
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 16
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 14
- 210000001266 CD8-positive T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 13
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 12
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 12
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 12
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 10
- 102000043129 MHC class I family Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 10
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 108010088652 Histocompatibility Antigens Class I Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 9
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 9
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- -1 HLA-B1 Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 101800000324 Immunoglobulin A1 protease translocator Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 125000003295 alanine group Chemical group N[C@@H](C)C(=O)* 0.000 description 8
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 8
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N palmitic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 102100025064 Cellular tumor antigen p53 Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229940023041 peptide vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 7
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102100028971 HLA class I histocompatibility antigen, C alpha chain Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108010052199 HLA-C Antigens Proteins 0.000 description 6
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 6
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 6
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 6
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 210000002443 helper t lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 6
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 5
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000001165 hydrophobic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 5
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010057248 Cell death Diseases 0.000 description 4
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-BJUDXGSMSA-N Chromium-51 Chemical compound [51Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-BJUDXGSMSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010041986 DNA Vaccines Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229940021995 DNA vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 102100028976 HLA class I histocompatibility antigen, B alpha chain Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010058607 HLA-B Antigens Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000701024 Human betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 description 4
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 150000007649 L alpha amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 101800001357 Potential peptide Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102400000745 Potential peptide Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- XZKQVQKUZMAADP-IMJSIDKUSA-N Ser-Ser Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O XZKQVQKUZMAADP-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 4
- 206010046865 Vaccinia virus infection Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000010306 acid treatment Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001261 affinity purification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000008365 aqueous carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000855 fermentation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004151 fermentation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 4
- 210000003819 peripheral blood mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037452 priming Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960000814 tetanus toxoid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 208000007089 vaccinia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 108010035452 HLA-A1 Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010061598 Immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000029462 Immunodeficiency disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000043131 MHC class II family Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091054438 MHC class II family Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000030741 antigen processing and presentation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000007813 immunodeficiency Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ICLYJLBTOGPLMC-KVVVOXFISA-N (z)-octadec-9-enoate;tris(2-hydroxyethyl)azanium Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO.CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ICLYJLBTOGPLMC-KVVVOXFISA-N 0.000 description 2
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OZDAOHVKBFBBMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopentanedioic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O OZDAOHVKBFBBMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CYDQOEWLBCCFJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-fluorophenyl)oxane-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C(F)C=CC=1C1(C(=O)O)CCOCC1 CYDQOEWLBCCFJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloro-2-n,2-n-diethylpyrimidine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=NC(N)=CC(Cl)=N1 XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 2
- VJVQKGYHIZPSNS-FXQIFTODSA-N Ala-Ser-Arg Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCN=C(N)N VJVQKGYHIZPSNS-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OOIMKQRCPJBGPD-XUXIUFHCSA-N Arg-Ile-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O OOIMKQRCPJBGPD-XUXIUFHCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RATOMFTUDRYMKX-ACZMJKKPSA-N Asp-Glu-Cys Chemical compound C(CC(=O)O)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(=O)O)N RATOMFTUDRYMKX-ACZMJKKPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004506 Blood Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010017384 Blood Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000255789 Bombyx mori Species 0.000 description 2
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108700010070 Codon Usage Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100032202 Cornulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000256113 Culicidae Species 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 102000012410 DNA Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010061982 DNA Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000255581 Drosophila <fruit fly, genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- 101100377706 Escherichia phage T5 A2.2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000000666 Fowlpox Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108700039691 Genetic Promoter Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700007698 Genetic Terminator Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 102000004457 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010017213 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010036972 HLA-A11 Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 2
- FPNWKONEZAVQJF-GUBZILKMSA-N His-Asn-Gln Chemical compound C1=C(NC=N1)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)N)C(=O)O)N FPNWKONEZAVQJF-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RNAYRCNHRYEBTH-IHRRRGAJSA-N His-Met-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CNC=N1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O RNAYRCNHRYEBTH-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000920981 Homo sapiens Cornulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VZSDQFZFTCVEGF-ZEWNOJEFSA-N Ile-Phe-Tyr Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1ccccc1)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1ccc(O)cc1)C(O)=O VZSDQFZFTCVEGF-ZEWNOJEFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000013462 Interleukin-12 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010065805 Interleukin-12 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000174 L-prolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[C@@]1([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- TYYLDKGBCJGJGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-tryptophan-L-tyrosine Natural products C=1NC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC(N)C(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 TYYLDKGBCJGJGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- UCBPDSYUVAAHCD-UWVGGRQHSA-N Leu-Pro-Gly Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(O)=O UCBPDSYUVAAHCD-UWVGGRQHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010013709 Leukocyte Common Antigens Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000017095 Leukocyte Common Antigens Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010028921 Lipopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090001030 Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004895 Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108700005089 MHC Class I Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001477931 Mythimna unipuncta Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091061960 Naked DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 235000021314 Palmitic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 241001631646 Papillomaviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- IPVPGAADZXRZSH-RNXOBYDBSA-N Phe-Tyr-Trp Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)C(O)=O IPVPGAADZXRZSH-RNXOBYDBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BQMFWUKNOCJDNV-HJWJTTGWSA-N Phe-Val-Ile Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(O)=O BQMFWUKNOCJDNV-HJWJTTGWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000006265 Renal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000006146 Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000293871 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhi Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010070834 Sensitisation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229930182558 Sterol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010008038 Synthetic Vaccines Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GQPQJNMVELPZNQ-GBALPHGKSA-N Thr-Ser-Trp Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=CC=CC=C21)C(=O)O)N)O GQPQJNMVELPZNQ-GBALPHGKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010034949 Thyroglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000009843 Thyroglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000004887 Transforming Growth Factor beta Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001012 Transforming Growth Factor beta Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GSCPHMSPGQSZJT-JYBASQMISA-N Trp-Ser-Thr Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC1=CNC2=CC=CC=C21)N)O GSCPHMSPGQSZJT-JYBASQMISA-N 0.000 description 2
- GVJUTBOZZBTBIG-AVGNSLFASA-N Val-Lys-Arg Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)O)N GVJUTBOZZBTBIG-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010015780 Viral Core Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010003533 Viral Envelope Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229930185472 acuminatum Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940037003 alum Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- ILRRQNADMUWWFW-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium phosphate Chemical compound O1[Al]2OP1(=O)O2 ILRRQNADMUWWFW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- DIZPMCHEQGEION-UHFFFAOYSA-H aluminium sulfate (anhydrous) Chemical compound [Al+3].[Al+3].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O DIZPMCHEQGEION-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003957 anion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005875 antibody response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000637 arginyl group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 108010062796 arginyllysine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229960002713 calcium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000011148 calcium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000001589 carboacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 150000001767 cationic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000019065 cervical carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000003196 chaotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004186 co-expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000139 costimulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000035250 cutaneous malignant susceptibility to 1 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004443 dendritic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002472 endoplasmic reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013020 final formulation Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002825 functional assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000799 fusogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000001727 glucose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 108010042598 glutamyl-aspartyl-glycine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000140 heteropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000000487 histidyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(C(=O)O*)C([H])([H])C1=C([H])N([H])C([H])=N1 0.000 description 2
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008105 immune reaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003125 immunofluorescent labeling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002434 immunopotentiative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003308 immunostimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013546 insoluble monolayer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004969 ion scattering spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000741 isoleucyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H])C(=O)O* 0.000 description 2
- 229950003188 isovaleryl diethylamide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930027917 kanamycin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229960000318 kanamycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N kanamycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182823 kanamycin A Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 238000009533 lab test Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001909 leucine group Chemical group [H]N(*)C(C(*)=O)C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003563 lymphoid tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000018977 lysine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000012976 mRNA stabilization Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000004792 malaria Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013411 master cell bank Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000004779 membrane envelope Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009149 molecular binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- NKAAEMMYHLFEFN-UHFFFAOYSA-M monosodium tartrate Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O NKAAEMMYHLFEFN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Pentadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000021313 oleic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000002889 oleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003002 pH adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000005105 peripheral blood lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- RLZZZVKAURTHCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthrene-3,4-diol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=C(O)C(O)=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 RLZZZVKAURTHCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000405 phenylalanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001308 poly(aminoacid) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010054442 polyalanine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960002816 potassium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940124606 potential therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229940124551 recombinant vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000010174 renal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102200136845 rs186964570 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008313 sensitization Effects 0.000 description 2
- UQDJGEHQDNVPGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N serine phosphoethanolamine Chemical compound [NH3+]CCOP([O-])(=O)OCC([NH3+])C([O-])=O UQDJGEHQDNVPGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003607 serino group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@]([H])(C(=O)[*])C(O[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000004017 serum-free culture medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960004249 sodium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960002668 sodium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000001540 sodium lactate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940005581 sodium lactate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000011088 sodium lactate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000392 somatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940035044 sorbitan monolaurate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000004988 splenocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N tgfbeta Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCSC)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960002175 thyroglobulin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003104 tissue culture media Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003151 transfection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011277 treatment modality Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 2
- YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004319 trichloroacetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940117013 triethanolamine oleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 108010044292 tryptophyltyrosine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000002374 tyrosine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002987 valine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])(C(*)=O)C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- GHCZTIFQWKKGSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxypropane-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid;phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O.OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O GHCZTIFQWKKGSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100034540 Adenomatous polyposis coli protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- DSPQRJXOIXHOHK-WDSKDSINSA-N Glu-Asp-Gly Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(O)=O DSPQRJXOIXHOHK-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZZJVYSAQQMDIRD-UWVGGRQHSA-N Gly-Pro-His Chemical compound NCC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1cnc[nH]1)C(O)=O ZZJVYSAQQMDIRD-UWVGGRQHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010074032 HLA-A2 Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000025850 HLA-A2 Antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010086377 HLA-A3 Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000924577 Homo sapiens Adenomatous polyposis coli protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001005718 Homo sapiens Melanoma-associated antigen 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000979735 Homo sapiens NADH dehydrogenase [ubiquinone] 1 beta subcomplex subunit 8, mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000007766 Kaposi sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-norleucine Chemical compound CCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100025081 Melanoma-associated antigen 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- KZNQNBZMBZJQJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-glycyl-L-proline Natural products NCC(=O)N1CCCC1C(O)=O KZNQNBZMBZJQJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100024975 NADH dehydrogenase [ubiquinone] 1 beta subcomplex subunit 8, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 1
- BAKAHWWRCCUDAF-IHRRRGAJSA-N Pro-His-Lys Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1NCCC1)C1=CN=CN1 BAKAHWWRCCUDAF-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDVFZMOFNJPUDD-ACZMJKKPSA-N Ser-Gln-Asn Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O CDVFZMOFNJPUDD-ACZMJKKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HJEBZBMOTCQYDN-ACZMJKKPSA-N Ser-Glu-Asp Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O HJEBZBMOTCQYDN-ACZMJKKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100039094 Tyrosinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060008724 Tyrosinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 102000015736 beta 2-Microglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010081355 beta 2-Microglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000032 diagnostic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940039227 diagnostic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100001261 hazardous Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011031 large-scale manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000037323 metabolic rate Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100001221 nontumorigenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001500 prolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])(C(=O)[*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012679 serum free medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000588 tumorigenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000381 tumorigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/04—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/08—Peptides having 5 to 11 amino acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/005—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from viruses
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/46—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
- C07K14/47—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
- C07K14/4701—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals not used
- C07K14/4748—Tumour specific antigens; Tumour rejection antigen precursors [TRAP], e.g. MAGE
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/705—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
- C07K14/70503—Immunoglobulin superfamily
- C07K14/70539—MHC-molecules, e.g. HLA-molecules
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K2039/555—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by a specific combination antigen/adjuvant
- A61K2039/55511—Organic adjuvants
- A61K2039/55555—Liposomes; Vesicles, e.g. nanoparticles; Spheres, e.g. nanospheres; Polymers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2730/00—Reverse transcribing DNA viruses
- C12N2730/00011—Details
- C12N2730/10011—Hepadnaviridae
- C12N2730/10111—Orthohepadnavirus, e.g. hepatitis B virus
- C12N2730/10122—New viral proteins or individual genes, new structural or functional aspects of known viral proteins or genes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2770/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses positive-sense
- C12N2770/00011—Details
- C12N2770/24011—Flaviviridae
- C12N2770/24211—Hepacivirus, e.g. hepatitis C virus, hepatitis G virus
- C12N2770/24222—New viral proteins or individual genes, new structural or functional aspects of known viral proteins or genes
Definitions
- the present invention relates to compositions and methods for preventing, treating or diagnosing a number of pathological states such as viral diseases and cancers.
- it provides novel peptides capable of binding selected major histocompatibility complex (MHC) molecules and inducing an immune response.
- MHC major histocompatibility complex
- Class I MHC molecules are classified as either Class I or Class II molecules.
- Class II MHC molecules are expressed primarily on cells involved in initiating and sustaining immune responses, such as T lymphocytes, B lymphocytes, macrophages, etc.
- Class II MHC molecules are recognized by helper T lymphocytes and induce proliferation of helper T lymphocytes and amplification of the immune response to the particular immunogenic peptide that is displayed.
- Class I MHC molecules are expressed on almost all nucleated cells and are recognized by cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTLs), which then destroy the antigen-bearing cells. CTLs are particularly important in tumor rejection and in fighting viral infections.
- CTLs cytotoxic T lymphocytes
- the CTL recognizes the antigen in the form of a peptide fragment bound to the MHC class I molecules rather than the intact foreign antigen itself.
- the antigen must normally be endogenously synthesized by the cell, and a portion of the protein antigen is degraded into small peptide fragments in the cytoplasm. Some of these small peptides translocate into a pre-Golgi compartment and interact with class I heavy chains to facilitate proper folding and association with the subunit ⁇ 2 microglobulin.
- the peptide-MHC class I complex is then routed to the cell surface for expression and potential recognition by specific CTLs.
- Class I motifs specific for a number of human alleles of a given class I isotype have yet to be described. It is desirable that the combined frequencies of these different alleles should be high enough to cover a large fraction or perhaps the majority of the human outbred population.
- the present invention provides compositions comprising immunogenic peptides having binding motifs for HLA-A2.1 molecules.
- the immunogenic peptides which bind to the appropriate MHC allele, are preferably 9 to 10 residues in length and comprise conserved residues at certain positions such as positions 2 and 9. Moreover, the peptides do not comprise negative binding residues as defined herein at other positions such as positions 1, 3, 6 and/or 7 in the case of peptides 9 amino acids in length and positions 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 and/or 9 in the case of peptides 10 amino acids in length.
- the present invention defines positions within a motif enabling the selection of peptides which will bind efficiently to HLA A2.1.
- the motifs of the inventions include peptide of 9 amino acids which have a first conserved residue at the second position from the N-terminus selected from the group consisting of I, V, A and T and a second conserved residue at the C-terminal position selected from the group consisting of V, L, I, A and M.
- the peptide may have a first conserved residue at the second position from the N-terminus selected from the group consisting of L, M, I, V, A and T; and a second conserved residue at the C-terminal position selected from the group consisting of A and M.
- the peptide has 10 residues it will contain a first conserved residue at the second position from the N-terminus selected from the group consisting of L, M, I, V, A, and T; and a second conserved residue at the C-terminal position selected from the group consisting of V, I, L, A and M; wherein the first and second conserved residues are separated by 7 residues.
- Epitopes on a number of immunogenic target proteins can be identified using the peptides of the invention.
- suitable antigens include prostate cancer specific antigen (PSA), prostate specific membrane antigen (PSM), hepatitis B core and surface antigens (HBVc, HBVs) hepatitis C antigens, Epstein-Barr virus antigens, human immunodeficiency type-1 virus (HIV1), Kaposi's sarcoma herpes virus (KSHV), human papilloma virus (HPV) antigens, Lassa virus, mycobacterium tuberculosis (MT), p53 and murine p53 (mp 53), CEA, trypanosome surface antigen (TSA), members of the tyrosinas related protein (TRP) families, and Her2/neu.
- PSA prostate cancer specific antigen
- PSM prostate specific membrane antigen
- HBVc hepatitis B core and surface antigens
- HBVs hepatitis C
- the present invention also provides compositions comprising immunogenic peptides having binding motifs for MHC Class I molecules.
- the immunogenic peptides are typically between about 8 and about 11 residues and comprise conserved residues involved in binding proteins encoded by the appropriate MHC allele. A number of allele specific motifs have been identified.
- the motif for HLA-A3.2 comprises from the N-terminus to C-terminus a first conserved residue of L, M, I, V, S, A, T and F at position 2 and a second conserved residue of K, R or Y at the C-terminal end.
- first conserved residues are C, G or D and alternatively E.
- second conserved residues are H or F.
- the first and second conserved residues are preferably separated by 6 to 7 residues.
- the motif for HLA-A1 comprises from the N-terminus to the C-terminus a first conserved residue of T, S or M, a second conserved residue of D or E, and a third conserved residue of Y.
- Other second conserved residues are A, S or T.
- the first and second conserved residues are adjacent and are preferably separated from the third conserved residue by 6 to 7 residues.
- a second motif consists of a first conserved residue of E or D and a second conserved residue of Y where the first and second conserved residues are separated by 5 to 6 residues.
- the motif for HLA-A11 comprises from the N-terminus to the C-terminus a first conserved residue of T, V, M, L, I, S, A, G, N, C D, or F at position 2 and a C-terminal conserved residue of K, R, Y or H.
- the first and second conserved residues are preferably separated by 6 or 7 residues.
- the motif for HLA-A24.1 comprises from the N-terminus to the C-terminus a first conserved residue of Y, F or W at position 2 and a C terminal conserved residue of F, I, W, M or L.
- the first and second conserved residues are preferably separated by 6 to 7 residues.
- PSA prostate specific antigen
- PSM prostate specific membrane antigen
- HBVc hepatitis B core and surface antigens
- MAGE-1 Epstein-Barr virus antigens
- HAV1 human immunodeficiency type-1 virus
- MT mycobacterium tuberculosis
- mp 53 p53 and murine p53
- CEA tyrosinase related protein
- TRP Her2/neu
- the present invention also provides compositions comprising immunogenic peptides having binding motifs for non-A HLA alleles.
- the immunogenic peptides are preferably about 9 to 10 residues in length and comprise conserved residues at certain positions such as proline at position 2 and an aromatic residue (e.g., Y, W, F) or hydrophobic residue (e.g., L, I, V, M, or A) at the carboxy terminus.
- an advantage of the peptides of the invention is their ability to bind to two or more different HLA alleles.
- PSA prostate specific antigen
- HBVc hepatitis B core and surface antigens
- MAGE-1 Epstein-Barr virus antigens
- HV1 human immunodeficiency type-1 virus
- MT mycobacterium tuberculosis
- CEA her2/neu
- the peptides are thus useful in pharmaceutical compositions for both in vivo and ex vivo therapeutic and diagnostic applications.
- peptide is used interchangeably with “oligopeptide” in the present specification to designate a series of residues, typically L-amino acids, connected one to the other typically by peptide bonds between the alpha-amino and carbonyl groups of adjacent amino acids.
- the oligopeptides; of the invention are less than about 15 residues in length and usually consist of between about 8 and about 11 residues, preferably 9 or 10 residues.
- Immunogenic peptide is a peptide which comprises an allele-specific motif such that the peptide will bind an MHC molecule and induce a CTL response.
- Immunogenic peptides of the invention are capable of binding to an appropriate HLA-A2.1 molecule and inducing a cytotoxic T cell response against the antigen from which the immunogenic peptide is derived.
- Immunogenic peptides are conveniently identified using the algorithms of the invention.
- the algorithms are mathematical procedures that produce a score which enables the selection of immunogenic peptides.
- the algorithm is based upon either the effects on MHC binding of a particular amino acid at a particular position of a peptide or the effects on binding of a particular substitution in a motif containing peptide.
- a “conserved residue” is an amino acid which occurs in a significantly higher frequency than would be expected by random distribution at a particular position in a peptide.
- a conserved residue is one where the MHC structure may provide a contact point with the immunogenic peptide.
- At least one to three or more, preferably two, conserved residues within a peptide of defined length defines a motif for an immunogenic peptide. These residues are typically in close contact with the peptide binding groove, with their side chains buried in specific pockets of the groove itself.
- an immunogenic peptide will comprise up to three conserved residues, more usually two conserved residues.
- negative binding residues are amino acids which if present at certain positions (for example, positions 1, 3 and/or 7 of a 9-mer) will result in a peptide being a nonbinder or poor binder and in turn fail to be immunogenic i.e. induce a CTL response.
- motif refers to the pattern of residues in a peptide of defined length, usually about 8 to about 11 amino acids, which is recognized by a particular MHC allele.
- the peptide motifs are typically different for each human MHC allele and differ in the pattern of the highly conserved residues and negative residues.
- the binding motif for an allele can be defined with increasing degrees of precision. In one case, all of the conserved residues are present in the correct positions in a peptide and there are no negative residues in positions 1,3 and/or 7.
- isolated or “biologically pure” refer to material which is substantially or essentially free from components which normally accompany it as found in its native state.
- the peptides of this invention do not contain materials normally associated with their in situ environment, e.g., MHC I molecules on antigen presenting cells. Even where a protein has been isolated to a homogenous or dominant band, there are trace contaminants in the range of 5-10% of native protein which co-purify with the desired protein. Isolated peptides of this invention do not contain such endogenous co-purified protein.
- residue refers to an amino acid or amino acid mimetic incorporated in an oligopeptide by an amide bond or amide bond mimetic.
- the present invention relates to the determination of allele-specific peptide motifs for human Class I MHC (sometimes referred to as HLA) allele subtypes, in particular, peptide motifs recognized by HLA-A2.1 alleles. These motifs are then used to define T cell epitopes from any desired antigen, particularly those associated with human viral diseases, cancers or autoiummune diseases, for which the amino acid sequence of the potential antigen or autoantigen targets is known.
- HLA human Class I MHC
- PSA prostate specific antigen
- HBVc hepatitis B core and surface antigens
- HBVs hepatitis C antigens
- Epstein-Barr virus antigens Epstein-Barr virus antigens
- melanoma antigens e.g., MAGE-1
- HAV human immunodeficiency virus
- HPV human papilloma virus
- Lassa virus mycobacterium tuberculosis
- CEA trypanosome surface antigen
- Her2/neu Her2/neu.
- Peptides comprising the epitopes from these antigens are synthesized and then tested for their ability to bind to the appropriate MHC molecules in assays using, for example, purified class I molecules and radioiodonated peptides and/or cells expressing empty class I molecules by, for instance, immunofluorescent staining and flow microfluorometry, peptide-dependent class I assembly assays, and inhibition of CTL recognition by peptide competition.
- Those peptides that bind to the class I molecule are further evaluated for their ability to serve as targets for CTLs derived from infected or immunized individuals, as well as for their capacity to induce primary in vitro or in vivo CTL responses that can give rise to CTL populations capable of reacting with virally infected target cells or tumor cells as potential therapeutic agents.
- the MHC class I antigens are encoded by the HLA-A, B, and C loci.
- HLA-A and B antigens are expressed at the cell surface at approximately equal densities, whereas the expression of HLA-C is significantly lower (perhaps as much as 10-fold lower).
- Each of these loci have a number of alleles.
- the peptide binding motifs of the invention are relatively specific for each allelic subtype.
- the peptides of the present invention preferably comprise a motif recognized by an MHC I molecule having a wide distribution in the human population. Since the MHC alleles occur at different frequencies within different ethnic groups and races, the choice of target MHC allele may depend upon the target population. Table 1 shows the frequency of various alleles at the HLA-A locus products among different races. For instance, the majority of the Caucasoid population can be covered by peptides which bind to four HLA-A allele subtypes, specifically HLA-A2.1, A1, A3.2, and A24.1. Similarly, the majority of the Asian population is encompassed with the addition of peptides binding to a fifth allele HLA-A11.2.
- each residue is generally represented by standard three letter or single letter designations.
- the L-form of an amino acid residue is represented by a capital single letter or a capital first letter of a three-letter symbol, and the D-form for those amino acids having D-forms is represented by a lower case single letter or a lower case three letter symbol.
- Glycine has no asymmetric carbon atom and is simply referred to as “Gly” or G.
- the procedures used to identify peptides of the present invention generally follow the methods disclosed in Falk et al., Nature 351:290 (1991), which is incorporated herein by reference. Briefly, the methods involve large-scale isolation of MHC class I molecules, typically by immunoprecipitation or affinity chromatography, from the appropriate cell or cell line. Examples of other methods for isolation of the desired MHC molecule equally well known to the artisan include ion exchange chromatography, lectin chromatography, size exclusion, high performance ligand chromatography, and a combination of all of the above techniques.
- immunoprecipitation is used to isolate the desired allele.
- a number of protocols can be used, depending upon the specificity of the antibodies used.
- allele-specific mAb reagents can be used for the affinity purification of the HLA-A, HLA-B1, and HLA-C molecules.
- Several mAb reagents for the isolation of HLA-A molecules are available.
- the monoclonal BB7.2 is suitable for isolating HLA-A2 molecules. Affinity columns prepared with these mAbs using standard techniques are successfully used to purify the respective HLA-A allele products.
- the peptides bound to the peptide binding groove of the isolated MHC molecules are eluted typically using acid treatment.
- Peptides can also be dissociated from class I molecules by a variety of standard denaturing means, such as heat, pH, detergents, salts, chaotropic agents, or a combination thereof.
- Peptide fractions are further separated from the MHC molecules by reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and sequenced.
- HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
- Peptides can be separated by a variety of other standard means well known to the artisan, including filtration, ultrafiltration, electrophoresis, size chromatography, precipitation with specific antibodies, ion exchange chromatography, isoelectrofocusing, and the like.
- Sequencing of the isolated peptides can be performed according to standard techniques such as Edman degradation (Hunkapiller, M. W., et al., Methods Enzymol. 91, 399 [1983]). Other methods suitable for sequencing include mass spectrometry sequencing of individual peptides as previously described (Hunt, et al., Science 225:1261 (1992), which is incorporated herein by reference). Amino acid sequencing of bulk heterogenous peptides (e.g., pooled HPLC fractions) from different class 1 molecules typically reveals a characteristic sequence motif for each class I allele.
- motifs specific for different class I alleles allows the identification of potential peptide epitopes from an antigenic protein whose amino acid sequence is known. Typically, identification of potential peptide epitopes is initially carried out using a computer to scan the amino acid sequence of a desired antigen for the presence of motifs. The epitopic sequences are then synthesized. The capacity to bind MHC Class molecules is measured in a variety of different ways. One means is a Class I molecule binding assay as described in the related applications, noted above. Other alternatives described in the literature include inhibition of antigen presentation (Sette, et al., J. Immunol.
- peptides that test positive in the MHC class I binding assay are assayed for the ability of the peptides to induce specific CTL responses in vitro.
- antigen-presenting cells that have been incubated with a peptide can be assayed for the ability to induce CTL responses in responder cell populations.
- Antigen-presenting cells can be normal cells such as peripheral blood mononuclear cells or dendritic cells (Inaba, et al., J. Exp. Med. 166:182 (1987); Boog, Eur. J. Immunol. 18:219 [1988]).
- mutant mammalian cell lines that are deficient in their ability to load class I molecules with internally processed peptides, such as the mouse cell lines RMA-S (Kärre, et al., Nature, 319:675 (1986); Ljunggren, et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 21:2963-2970 (1991)), and the human somatic T cell hybrid, T-2 (Cerundolo, et al., Nature 345:449-452 (1990)) and which have been transfected with the appropriate human class I genes are conveniently used, when peptide is added to them, to test for the capacity of the peptide to induce in vitro primary CTL responses.
- RMA-S mouse cell lines
- T-2 human somatic T cell hybrid
- eukaryotic cell lines which could be used include various insect cell lines such as mosquito larvae (ATCC cell lines CCL 125, 126, 1660, 1591, 6585, 6586), silkworm (ATTC CRL 8851), armyworm (ATCC CRL 1711), moth (ATCC CCL 80) and Drosophila cell lines such as a Schneider cell line (see Schneider J. Embryol. Exp. Morphol. 27:353-365 [1927]).
- Peripheral blood lymphocytes are conveniently isolated following simple venipuncture or leukapheresis of normal donors or patients and used as the responder cell sources of CTL precursors.
- the appropriate antigen-presenting cells are incubated with 10-100 ⁇ M of peptide in serum-free media for 4 hours under appropriate culture conditions.
- the peptide-loaded antigen-presenting cells are then incubated with the responder cell populations in vitro for 7 to 10 days under optimized culture conditions.
- Positive CTL activation can be determined by assaying the cultures for the presence of CTLs that kill radiolabeled target cells, both specific peptide-pulsed targets as well as target cells expressing the endogenously processed form of the relevant virus or tumor antigen from which the peptide sequence was derived.
- Specificity and MHC restriction of the CTL is determined by testing against different peptide target cells expressing appropriate or inappropriate human MHC class I.
- the peptides that test positive in the MHC binding assays and give rise to specific CTL responses are referred to herein as immunogenic peptides.
- the immunogenic peptides can be prepared synthetically, or by recombinant DNA technology or from natural sources such as whole viruses or tumors. Although the peptide will preferably be substantially free of other naturally occurring host cell proteins and fragments thereof, in some embodiments the peptides can be synthetically conjugated to native fragments or particles.
- polypeptides or peptides can be a variety of lengths, either in their neutral (uncharged) forms or in forms which are salts, and either free of modifications such as glycosylation, side chain oxidation, or phosphorylation or containing these modifications, subject to the condition that the modification not destroy the biological activity of the polypeptides as herein described.
- the peptide will be as small as possible while still maintaining substantially all of the biological activity of the large peptide.
- Peptides having the desired activity may be modified as necessary to provide certain desired attributes, e.g., improved pharmacological characteristics, while increasing or at least retaining substantially all of the biological activity of the unmodified peptide to bind the desired MHC molecule and activate the appropriate T cell.
- the peptides may be subject to various changes, such as substitutions, either conservative or non-conservative, where such changes might provide for certain advantages in their use, such as improved MHC binding.
- conservative substitutions is meant replacing an amino acid residue with another which is biologically and/or chemically similar, e.g., one hydrophobic residue for another, or one polar residue for another.
- substitutions include combinations such as Gly, Ala; Val, Ile, Leu, Met; Asp, Glu; Asn, Gln; Ser, Thr; Lys, Arg; and Phe, Tyr.
- the effect of single amino acid substitutions may also be probed using D-amino acids.
- Such modifications may be made using well known peptide synthesis procedures, as described in e.g., Merrifield, Science 232:341-347 (1986), Barany and Merrifield, The Peptides , Gross and Meienhofer, eds. (N.Y., Academic Press), pp. 1-284 (1979); and Stewart and Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis , (Rockford, Ill., Pierce), 2d Ed. (1984), incorporated by reference herein.
- the peptides can also be modified by extending or decreasing the compound's amino acid sequence, e.g., by the addition or deletion of amino acids.
- the peptides or analogs of the invention can also be modified by altering the order or composition of certain residues, it being readily appreciated that certain amino acid residues essential for biological activity, e.g., those at critical contact sites or conserved residues, may generally not be altered without an adverse effect on biological activity.
- the non-critical amino acids need not be limited to those naturally occurring in proteins, such as L- ⁇ -amino acids, or their D-isomers, but may include non-natural amino acids as well, such as ⁇ - ⁇ - ⁇ -amino acids, as well as many derivatives of L- ⁇ -amino acids.
- a series of peptides with single amino acid substitutions are employed to determine the effect of electrostatic charge, hydrophobicity, etc. on binding. For instance, a series of positively charged (e.g., Lys or Arg) or negatively charged (e.g., Glu) amino acid substitutions are made along the length of the peptide revealing different patterns of sensitivity towards various MHC molecules and T cell receptors.
- a series of positively charged (e.g., Lys or Arg) or negatively charged (e.g., Glu) amino acid substitutions are made along the length of the peptide revealing different patterns of sensitivity towards various MHC molecules and T cell receptors.
- multiple substitutions using small, relatively neutral moieties such as Ala, Gly, Pro, or similar residues may be employed.
- the substitutions may be homo-oligomers or hetero-oligomers.
- residues which are substituted or added depend on the spacing necessary between essential contact points and certain functional attributes which are sought (e.g., hydrophobicity versus hydrophilicity). Increased binding affinity for an MHC molecule or T cell receptor may also be achieved by such substitutions, compared to the affinity of the parent peptide. In any event, such substitutions should employ amino acid residues or other molecular fragments chosen to avoid, for example, steric and charge interference which might disrupt binding.
- Amino acid substitutions are typically of single residues. Substitutions, deletions, insertions or any combination thereof may be combined to arrive at a final peptide. Substitutional variants are those in which at least one residue of a peptide has been removed and a different residue inserted in its place. Such substitutions generally are made in accordance with the following Table 2 when it is desired to finely modulate the characteristics of the peptide.
- Substantial changes in function are made by selecting substitutions that are less conservative than those in Table 2, i.e., selecting residues that differ more significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the peptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
- substitutions which in general are expected to produce the greatest changes in peptide properties will be those in which (a) hydrophilic residue, e.g. seryl, is substituted for (or by) a hydrophobic residue, e.g.
- leucyl isoleucyl, phenylalanyl, valyl or alanyl
- a residue having an electropositive side chain e.g., lysl, arginyl, or histidyl
- an electronegative residue e.g. glutamyl or aspartyl
- a residue having a bulky side chain e.g. phenylalanine, is substituted for (or by) one not having a side chain, e.g., glycine.
- the peptides may also comprise isosteres of two or more residues in the immunogenic peptide.
- An isostere as defined here is a sequence of two or more residues that can be substituted for a second sequence because the steric conformation of the first sequence fits a binding site specific for the second sequence.
- the term specifically includes peptide backbone modifications well known to those skilled in the art. Such modifications include modifications of the amide nitrogen, the ⁇ -carbon, amide carbonyl, complete replacement of the amide bond, extensions, deletions or backbone crosslinks. See, generally, Spatola, Chemistry and Biochemistry of Amino Acids, peptides and Proteins , Vol. VII (Weinstein ed., 1983).
- Modifications of peptides with various amino acid mimetics or unnatural amino acids are particularly useful in increasing the stability of the peptide in vivo. Stability can be assayed in a number of ways. For instance, peptidases and various biological media, such as human plasma and serum, have been used to test stability. See, e.g., Verhoef et al., Eur. J. Drug Metab. Pharmacokin. 11:291-302 (1986). Half life of the peptides of the present invention is conveniently determined using a 25% human serum (v/v) assay. The protocol is generally as follows. Pooled human serum (Type AB, non-heat inactivated) is delipidated by centrifugation before use.
- Type AB non-heat inactivated
- the serum is then diluted to 25% with RPMI tissue culture media and used to test peptide stability. At predetermined time intervals a small amount of reaction solution is removed and added to either 6% aqueous trichloracetic acid or ethanol. The cloudy reaction sample is cooled (4° C.) for 15 minutes and then spun to pellet the precipitated serum proteins. The presence of the peptides is then determined by reversed-phase HPLC using stability-specific chromatography conditions.
- the peptides of the present invention or analogs thereof which have CTL stimulating activity may be modified to provide desired attributes other than improved serum half life.
- the ability of the peptides to induce CTL activity can be enhanced by linkage to a sequence which contains at least one epitope that is capable of inducing a T helper cell response.
- Particularly preferred immunogenic peptides/T helper conjugates are linked by a spacer molecule.
- the spacer is typically comprised of relatively small, neutral molecules, such as amino acids or amino acid mimetics, which are substantially uncharged under physiological conditions.
- the spacers are typically selected from, e.g., Ala, Gly, or other neutral spacers of nonpolar amino acids or neutral polar amino acids.
- the optionally present spacer need not be comprised of the same residues and thus may be a hetero- or homo-oligomer.
- the spacer will usually be at least one or two residues, more usually three to six residues.
- the CTL peptide may be linked to the T helper peptide without a spacer.
- the immunogenic peptide may be linked to the T helper peptide either directly or via a spacer either at the amino or carboxy terminus of the CTL peptide.
- the amino terminus of either the immunogenic peptide or the T helper peptide may be acylated.
- Exemplary T helper peptides include tetanus toxoid 830-843, influenza 307-319, malaria circumsporozoite 382-398 and 378-389.
- lipids have been identified as agents capable of priming CTL in vivo against viral antigens.
- palmitic acid residues can be attached to the alpha and epsilon amino groups of a Lys residue and then linked, e.g., via one or more linking residues such as Gly, Gly-Gly-, Ser, Ser-Ser, or the like, to an immunogenic peptide.
- the lipidated peptide can then be injected directly in a micellar form, incorporated into a liposome or emulsified in an adjuvant, e.g., incomplete Freund's adjuvant.
- a particularly effective immunogen comprises palmitic acid attached to alpha and epsilon amino groups of Lys, which is attached via linkage, e.g., Ser-Ser, to the amino terminus of the immunogenic peptide.
- E. coli lipoproteins such as tripalmitoyl-S-glycerylcysteinlyseryl-serine (P 3 CSS) can be used to prime virus specific CTL when covalently attached to an appropriate peptide.
- P 3 CSS tripalmitoyl-S-glycerylcysteinlyseryl-serine
- P 3 CSS tripalmitoyl-S-glycerylcysteinlyseryl-serine
- amino acids can be added to the termini of a peptide to provide for ease of linking peptides one 1.0 another, for coupling to a carrier support, or larger peptide, for modifying the physical or chemical properties of the peptide or oligopeptide, or the like.
- Amino acids such as tyrosine, cysteine, lysine, glutamic or aspartic acid, or the like, can be introduced at the C- or N-terminus of the peptide or oligopeptide. Modification at the C terminus in some cases may alter binding characteristics of the peptide.
- the peptide or oligopeptide sequences can differ from the natural sequence by being modified by terminal-NH 2 acylation, e.g., by alkanoyl (C 1 -C 20 ) or thioglycolyl acetylation, terminal-carboxyl amidation, e.g., ammonia, methylamine, etc. In some instances these modifications may provide sites for linking to a support or other molecule.
- the peptides of the invention can be prepared in a wide variety of ways. Because of their relatively short size, the peptides can be synthesized in solution or on a solid support in accordance with conventional techniques. Various automatic synthesizers are commercially available and can be used in accordance with known protocols. See, for example, Stewart and Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2d. ed., Pierce Chemical Co. (1984), supra.
- recombinant DNA technology may be employed wherein a nucleotide sequence which encodes an immunogenic peptide of interest is inserted into an expression vector, transformed or transfected into an appropriate host cell and cultivated under conditions suitable for expression.
- a nucleotide sequence which encodes an immunogenic peptide of interest is inserted into an expression vector, transformed or transfected into an appropriate host cell and cultivated under conditions suitable for expression.
- coding sequence for peptides of the length contemplated herein can be synthesized by chemical techniques, for example, the phosphotriester method of Matteucci et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 103:3185 (1981), modification can be made simply by substituting the appropriate base(s) for those encoding the native peptide sequence.
- the coding sequence can then be provided with appropriate linkers and ligated into expression vectors commonly available in the art, and the vectors used to transform suitable hosts to produce the desired fusion protein. A number of such vectors and suitable host systems are now available.
- the coding sequence will be provided with operably linked start and stop codons, promoter and terminator regions and usually a replication system to provide an expression vector for expression in the desired cellular host.
- promoter sequences compatible with bacterial hosts are provided in plasmids containing convenient restriction sites for insertion of the desired coding sequence.
- the resulting expression vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts.
- yeast or mammalian cell hosts may also be used, employing suitable vectors and control sequences.
- the peptides of the present invention and pharmaceutical and vaccine compositions thereof are useful for administration to mammals, particularly humans, to treat and/or prevent viral infection and cancer.
- diseases which can be treated using the immunogenic peptides of the invention include prostate cancer, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, AIDS, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, lymphoma, CMV and condlyloma acuminatum.
- the immunogenic peptides of the invention are administered to an individual already suffering from cancer or infected with the virus of interest. Those in the incubation phase or the acute phase of infection can be treated with the immunogenic peptides separately or in conjunction with other treatments, as appropriate. In therapeutic applications, compositions are administered to a patient in an amount sufficient to elicit an effective CTL response to the virus or tumor antigen and to cure or at least partially arrest symptoms and/or complications.
- Amounts effective for this use will depend on, e.g., the peptide composition, the manner of administration, the stage and severity of the disease being treated, the weight and general state of health of the patient, and the judgment of the prescribing physician, but generally range for the initial immunization (that is for therapeutic or prophylactic administration) from about 1.0 ⁇ g to about 5000 ⁇ g of peptide for a 70 kg patient, followed by boosting dosages of from about 1.0 ⁇ g to about 1000 ⁇ g of peptide pursuant to a boosting regimen over weeks to months depending upon the patient's response and condition by measuring specific CTL activity in the patient's blood.
- peptides and compositions of the present invention may generally be employed in serious disease states, that is, life-threatening or potentially life threatening, situations. In such cases, in view of the minimization of extraneous substances and the relative nontoxic nature of the peptides, it is possible and may be felt desirable by the treating physician to administer substantial excesses of these peptide compositions.
- administration should begin at the first sign of viral infection or the detection or surgical removal of tumors or shortly after diagnosis in the case of acute infection. This is followed by boosting doses until at least symptoms are substantially abated and for a period thereafter. In chronic infection, loading doses followed by boosting doses may be required.
- Treatment of an infected individual with the compositions of the invention may hasten resolution of the infection in acutely infected individuals.
- the compositions are particularly useful in methods for preventing the evolution from acute to chronic infection.
- the susceptible individuals are identified prior to or during infection, for instance, as described herein, the composition can be targeted to them, minimizing need for administration to a larger population.
- the peptide compositions can also be used for the treatment of chronic infection and to stimulate the immune system to eliminate virus-infected cells in carriers. It is important to provide an amount of immuno-potentiating peptide in a formulation and mode of administration sufficient to effectively stimulate a cytotoxic T cell response.
- a representative dose is in the range of about 1.0 ⁇ g to about 5000 ⁇ g, preferably about 5 ⁇ g to 1000 ⁇ g for a 70 kg patient per dose. Immunizing doses followed by boosting doses at established intervals, e.g., from one to four weeks, may be required, possibly for a prolonged period of time to effectively immunize an individual.
- administration should continue until at least clinical symptoms or laboratory tests indicate that the viral infection has been eliminated or substantially abated and for a period thereafter.
- compositions for therapeutic treatment are intended for parenteral, topical, oral or local administration.
- the pharmaceutical compositions are administered parenterally, e.g., intravenously, subcutaneously, intradermally, or intramuscularly.
- the invention provides compositions for parenteral administration which comprise a solution of the immunogenic peptides dissolved or suspended in an acceptable carrier, preferably an aqueous carrier.
- an acceptable carrier preferably an aqueous carrier.
- aqueous carriers may be used, e.g., water, buffered water, 0.8% saline, 0.3% glycine, hyaluronic acid and the like.
- These compositions may be sterilized by conventional, well known sterilization techniques, or may be sterile filtered.
- compositions may be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized, the lyophilized preparation being combined with a sterile solution prior to administration.
- the compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions, such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, wetting agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium lactate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
- concentration of CTL stimulatory peptides of the invention in the pharmaceutical formulations can vary widely, i.e., from less than about 0.1%, usually at or at least about 2% to as much as 20% to 50% or more by weight, and will be selected primarily by fluid volumes, viscosities, etc., in accordance with the particular mode of administration selected.
- the peptides of the invention may also be administered via liposomes, which serve to target the peptides to a particular tissue, such as lymphoid tissue, or targeted selectively to infected cells, as well as increase the half-life of the peptide composition.
- Liposomes include emulsions, foams, micelles, insoluble monolayers, liquid crystals, phospholipid dispersions, lamellar layers and the like.
- the peptide to be delivered is incorporated as part of a liposome, alone or in conjunction with a molecule which binds to, e.g., a receptor prevalent among lymphoid cells, such as monoclonal antibodies which bind to the CD45 antigen, or with other therapeutic or immunogenic compositions.
- liposomes either filled or decorated with a desired peptide of the invention can be directed to the site of lymphoid cells, where the liposomes then deliver the selected therapeutic/immunogenic peptide compositions.
- Liposomes for use in the invention are formed from standard vesicle-forming lipids, which generally include neutral and negatively charged phospholipids and a sterol, such as cholesterol. The selection of lipids is generally guided by consideration of, e.g., liposome size, acid lability and stability of the liposomes in the blood stream. A variety of methods are available for preparing liposomes, as described in, e.g., Szoka et al., Ann. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng. 9:467 (1980), U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,235,871, 4,501,728, 4,837,028, and 5,019,369, incorporated herein by reference.
- a ligand to be incorporated into the liposome can include, e.g., antibodies or fragments thereof specific for cell surface determinants of the desired immune system cells.
- a liposome suspension containing a peptide may be administered intravenously, locally, topically, etc. in a dose which varies according to, inter alia, the manner of administration, the peptide being delivered, and the stage of the disease being treated.
- nontoxic solid carriers include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talcum, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable nontoxic composition is formed by incorporating any of the normally employed excipients, such as those carriers previously listed, and generally 10-95% of active ingredient, that is, one or more peptides of the invention, and more preferably at a concentration of 25%-75%.
- the immunogenic peptides are preferably supplied in finely divided form along with a surfactant and propellant. Typical percentages of peptides are 0.01%-20% by weight, preferably 1%-10%.
- the surfactant must, of course, be nontoxic, and preferably soluble in the propellant.
- Representative of such agents are the esters or partial esters of fatty acids containing from 6 to 22 carbon atoms, such as caproic, octanoic, lauric, palmitic, stearic, linoleic, linolenic, olesteric and oleic acids with an aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or its cyclic anhydride.
- Mixed esters such as mixed or natural glycerides may be employed.
- the surfactant may constitute 0.1%-20% by weight of the composition, preferably 0.25-5%.
- the balance of the composition is ordinarily propellant.
- a carrier can also be included, as desired, as with, e.g., lecithin for intranasal delivery.
- the present invention is directed to vaccines which contain as an active ingredient an immunogenically effective amount of an immunogenic peptide as described herein.
- the peptide(s) may be introduced into a host, including humans, linked to its own carrier or as a homopolymer or heteropolymer of active peptide units.
- Such a polymer has the advantage of increased immunological reaction and, where different peptides are used to make up the polymer, the additional ability to induce antibodies and/or CTLs that react with different antigenic determinants of the virus or tumor cells.
- Useful carriers are well known in the art, and include, e.g., thyroglobulin, albumins such as human serum albumin, tetanus toxoid, polyamino acids such as poly(lysine:glutamic acid), influenza, hepatitis B virus core protein, hepatitis B virus recombinant vaccine and the like.
- the vaccines can also contain a physiologically tolerable (acceptable) diluent such as water, phosphate buffered saline, or saline, and further typically include an adjuvant.
- Adjuvants such as incomplete Freund's adjuvant, aluminum phosphate, aluminum hydroxide, or alum are materials well known in the art.
- CTL responses can be primed by conjugating peptides of the invention to lipids, such as P3CSS.
- lipids such as P3CSS.
- the immune system of the host responds to the vaccine by producing large amounts of CTLs specific for the desired antigen, and the host becomes at least partially immune to later infection, or resistant to developing chronic infection.
- Vaccine compositions containing the peptides of the invention are administered to a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of viral infection or cancer to elicit an immune response against the antigen and thus enhance the patient's own immune response capabilities.
- Such an amount is defined to be an “immunogenically effective dose.”
- the precise amounts again depend on the patient's state of health and weight, the mode of administration, the nature of the formulation, etc., but generally range from about 1.0 ⁇ g to about 5000 ⁇ g per 70 kilogram patient, more commonly from about 10 ⁇ g to about 500 ⁇ g mg per 70 kg of body weight.
- peptide vaccines of the invention may be desirable to combine with vaccines which induce neutralizing antibody responses to the virus of interest, particularly to viral envelope antigens.
- nucleic acids encoding one or more of the peptides of the invention can also be administered to the patient.
- a number of methods are conveniently used to deliver the nucleic acids to the patient.
- the nulceic acid can be delivered directly, as “naked DNA”. This approach is described, for instance, in Wolff et. al., Science 247: 1465-1468 (1990) as well as U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,580,859 and 5,589,466.
- the nucleic acids can also be administered using ballistic delivery as described, for instance, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,204,253. Particles comprised solely of DNA can be administered. Alternatively, DNA can be adhered to particles, such as gold particles.
- the nucleic acids can also be delivered complexed to cationic compounds, such as cationic lipids.
- cationic compounds such as cationic lipids.
- Lipid-mediated gene delivery methods are described, for instance, in WO 96/18372; WO 93/24640; Mannino and Gould-Fogerite (1988) BioTechniques 6(7): 682-691; Rose U.S. Pat. No. 5,279,833; WO 91/06309; and Felgner et al. (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84: 7413-7414.
- the peptides of the invention can also be expressed by attenuated viral hosts, such as vaccinia or fowlpox.
- vaccinia virus as a vector to express nucleotide sequences that encode the peptides of the invention.
- the recombinant vaccinia virus Upon introduction into an acutely or chronically infected host or into a noninfected host, the recombinant vaccinia virus expresses the immunogenic peptide, and thereby elicits a host CTL response.
- Vaccinia vectors and methods useful in immunization protocols are described in, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,722,848, incorporated herein by reference.
- Another vector is BCG (Bacille Calmette Guerin). BCG vectors are described in Stover et al. ( Nature 351:456-460 (1991)) which is incorporated herein by reference.
- BCG vectors are described in Stover et al. ( Nature 351:456-460 (1991)) which is incorporated herein by reference.
- a preferred means of administering nucleic acids encoding the peptides of the invention uses minigene constructs encoding multiple epitopes of the invention.
- a human codon usage table is used to guide the codon choice for each amino acid.
- MHC presentation of CTL epitopes may be improved by including synthetic (e.g. poly-alanine) or naturally-occurring flanking sequences adjacent to the CTL epitopes.
- the minigene sequence is converted to DNA by assembling oligonucleotides that encode the plus and minus strands of the minigene. Overlapping oligonucleotides (30-100 bases long) are synthesized, phosphorylated, purified and annealed under appropriate conditions using well known techniques. The ends of the oligonucleotides are joined using T4 DNA ligase. This synthetic minigene, encoding the CTL epitope polypeptide, can then cloned into a desired expression vector.
- Standard regulatory sequences well known to those of skill in the art are included in the vector to ensure expression in the target cells.
- Several vector elements are required: a promoter with a down-stream cloning site for minigene insertion; a polyadenylation signal for efficient transcription termination; an E. coli origin of replication; and an E. coli selectable marker (e.g. ampicillin or kanamycin resistance).
- E. coli origin of replication e.g. ampicillin or kanamycin resistance
- Numerous promoters can be used for this purpose, e.g., the human cytomegalovirus (hCMV) promoter. See, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,580,859 and 5,589,466 for other suitable promoter sequences.
- introns are required for efficient gene expression, and one or more synthetic or naturally-occurring introns could be incorporated into the transcribed region of the minigene.
- mRNA stabilization sequences can also be considered for increasing minigene expression.
- immunostimulatory sequences ISSs or CpGs
- a bioistronic expression vector to allow production of the minigene-encoded epitopes and a second protein included to enhance or decrease immunogenicity
- proteins or polypeptides that could beneficially enhance the immune response if co-expressed include cytokines (e.g., IL2, IL12, GM-CSF), cytokine-inducing molecules (e.g. LeIF) or costimulatory molecules.
- Helper (HTL) epitopes could be joined to intracellular targeting signals and expressed separately from the CTL epitopes. This would allow direction of the HTL epitopes to a cell compartment different than the CTL epitopes.
- immunosuppressive molecules e.g. TGF- ⁇
- TGF- ⁇ immunosuppressive molecules
- the minigene is cloned into the polylinker region downstream of the promoter.
- This plasmid is transformed into an appropriate E. coli strain, and DNA is prepared using standard techniques. The orientation and DNA sequence of the minigene, as well as all other elements included in the vector, are confirmed using restriction mapping and DNA sequence analysis. Bacterial cells harboring the correct plasmid can be stored as a master cell bank and a working cell bank.
- Therapeutic quantities of plasmid DNA are produced by fermentation in E. coli , followed by purification. Aliquots from the working cell bank are used to inoculate fermentation medium (such as Terrific Broth), and grown to saturation in shaker flasks or a bioreactor according to well known techniques. Plasmid DNA can be purified using standard bioseparation technologies such as solid phase anion-exchange resins supplied by Quiagen. If required, supercoiled DNA can be isolated from the open circular and linear forms using gel electrophoresis or other methods.
- Purified plasmid DNA can be prepared for injection using a variety of formulations. The simplest of these is reconstitution of lyophilized DNA in sterile phosphate-buffer saline (PBS). A variety of methods have been described, and new techniques may become available. As noted above, nucleic acids are conveniently formulated with cationic lipids. In addition, glycolipids, fusogenic liposomes, peptides and compounds referred to collectively as protective, interactive, non-condensing (PINC) could also be complexed to purified plasmid DNA to influence variables such as stability, intramuscular dispersion, or trafficking to specific organs or cell types.
- PINC protective, interactive, non-condensing
- Target cell sensitization can be used as a functional assay for expression and MHC class I presentation of minigene-encoded CTL epitopes.
- the plasmid DNA is introduced into a mammalian cell line that is suitable as a target for standard CTL chromium release assays. The transfection method used will be dependent on the final formulation. Electroporation can be used for “naked” DNA, whereas cationic lipids allow direct in vitro transfection.
- a plasmid expressing green fluorescent protein (GFP) can be co-transfected to allow enrichment of transfected cells using fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). These cells are then chromium-51 labeled and used as target cells for epitope-specific CTL lines. Cytolysis, detected by 51Cr release, indicates production of MHC presentation of minigene-encoded CTL epitopes.
- GFP green fluorescent protein
- In vivo immunogenicity is a second approach for functional testing of minigene DNA formulations.
- Transgenic mice expressing appropriate human MHC molecules are immunized with the DNA product.
- the dose and route of administration are formulation dependent (e.g. IM for DNA in PBS, IP for lipid-complexed DNA).
- Twenty-one days after immunization splenocytes are harvested and restimulated for 1 week in the presence of peptides encoding each epitope being tested.
- These effector cells (CTLs) are assayed for cytolysis of peptide-loaded, chromiurn-51 labeled target cells using standard techniques. Lysis of target cells sensitized by MHC loading of peptides corresponding to minigene-encoded epitopes demonstrates DNA vaccine function for in vivo induction of CTLs.
- Antigenic peptides may be used to elicit CTL ex vivo, as well.
- the resulting CTL can be used to treat chronic infections (viral or bacterial) or tumors in patients that do not respond to other conventional forms of therapy, or will not respond to a peptide vaccine approach of therapy.
- Ex vivo CTL responses to a particular pathogen are induced by incubating in tissue culture the patient's CTL precursor cells (CTLp) together with a source of antigen-presenting cells (APC) and the appropriate immunogenic peptide. After an appropriate incubation time (typically 1-4 weeks), in which the CTLp are activated and mature and expand into effector CTL, the cells are infused back into the patient, where they will destroy their specific target cell (an infected cell or a tumor cell).
- the peptides may also find use as diagnostic reagents.
- a peptide of the invention may be used to determine the susceptibility of a particular individual to a treatment regimen which employs the peptide or related peptides, and thus may be helpful in modifying an existing treatment protocol or in determining a prognosis for an affected individual.
- the peptides may also be used to predict which individuals will be at substantial risk for developing chronic infection.
- Class I antigen isolation was carried out as described in the related applications, noted above.
- Naturally processed peptides were then isolated and sequenced as described there.
- An allele-specific motif and algorithms were determined and quantitative binding assays were carried out.
- the present invention also relates to the determination of allele-specific peptide motifs for human Class I MHC (sometimes referred to as HLA) allele subtypes. These motifs are then used to define T cell epitopes from any desired antigen, particularly those associated with human viral diseases, cancers or autoimmune diseases, for which the amino acid sequence of the potential antigen or autoantigen targets is known.
- HLA human Class I MHC
- PSA prostate specific antigen
- HBVc hepatitis B core and surface antigens
- HBVs hepatitis C antigens
- Epstein-Barr virus antigens Epstein-Barr virus antigens
- melanoma antigens e.g., MAGE-1
- HV human immunodeficiency virus
- HPV human papilloma virus
- Lassa virus mycobacterium tuberculosis (MT), p53, CEA, and Her2/neu.
- Peptides comprising the epitopes from these antigens are synthesized and then tested for their ability to bind to the appropriate MHC molecules in assays using, for example, purified class I molecules and radioiodonated peptides and/or cells expressing empty class I molecules by, for instance, immunofluorescent staining and flow microfluorimetry, peptide-dependent class I assembly assays, and inhibition of CTL recognition by peptide competition.
- Those peptides that bind to the class I molecule are further evaluated for their ability to serve as targets for CTLs derived from infected or immunized individuals, as well as for their capacity to induce primary in vitro or in vivo CTL responses that can give rise to CTL populations capable of reacting with virally infected target cells or tumor cells as potential therapeutic agents.
- the MHC class I antigens are encoded by the HLA-A, B, and C loci.
- HLA-A and B antigens are expressed at the cell surface at approximately equal densities, whereas the expression of HLA-C is significantly lower (perhaps as much as 10-fold lower).
- Each of these loci have a number of alleles.
- the peptide binding motifs of the invention are relatively specific for each allelic subtype.
- the peptides of the present invention preferably comprise a motif recognized by an MHC I molecule having a wide distribution in the human population. Since the MHC alleles occur at different frequencies within different ethnic groups and races, the choice of target MHC allele may depend upon the target population. Table 4 shows the frequency of various alleles at the HLA-A locus products among different races. For instance, the majority of the Caucasoid population can be covered by peptides which bind to four HLA-A allele subtypes, specifically HLA-A2.1, A1, A3.2, and A24.1. Similarly, the majority of the Asian population is encompassed with the addition of peptides binding to a fifth allele HLA-A11.2.
- each residue is generally represented by standard three letter or single letter designations.
- the L-form of an amino acid residue is represented by a capital single letter or a capital first letter of a three-letter symbol, and the D-form for those amino acids is represented by a lower case single letter or a lower case three letter symbol.
- Glycine has no asymmetric carbon atom and is simply referred to as “Gly” or G.
- the procedures used to identify peptides of the present invention generally follow the methods disclosed in Falk et al., Nature 351:290 (1991), which is incorporated herein by reference. Briefly, the methods involve large-scale isolation of MHC class I molecules, typically by immunoprecipitation or affinity chromatography, from the appropriate cell or cell line. Examples of other methods for isolation of the desired MHC molecule equally well known to the artisan include ion exchange chromatography, lectin chromatography, size exclusion, high performance ligand chromatography, and a combination of all of the above techniques.
- MHC Class I molecules A large number of cells with defined MHC molecules, particularly MHC Class I molecules, are known and readily available.
- human EBV-transformed B cell lines have been shown to be excellent sources for the preparative isolation of class I and class II MHC molecules.
- Well-characterized cell lines are available from private and commercial sources, such as American Type Culture Collection (“Catalogue of Cell Lines and Hybridomas,” 6th edition (1988) Rockville, Md., U.S.A.); National Institute of General Medical Sciences 1990/1991 Catalog of Cell Lines (NIGMS) Human Genetic Mutant Cell Repository, Camden, N.J.; and ASHI Repository, Bingham and Women's Hospital, 75 Francis Street, Boston, Mass. 02115.
- Table 5 lists some B cell lines suitable for use as sources for HLA-A alleles. All of these cell lines can be grown in large batches and are therefore useful for large scale production of MHC molecules. One of skill will recognize that these are merely exemplary cell lines and that many other cell sources can be employed. Similar EBV B cell lines homozygous for HLA-B and HLA-C could serve as sources for HLA-B and HLA-C alleles, respectively.
- HLA-A SOURCES HLA-A allele B cell line A1 MAT COX (9022) STEINLIN (9087) A2.1 JY A3.2 EHM (9080) HO301 (9055)GM3107 A24.1 T3(9107), TISI (9042) A11 BVR (GM6828A) WT100 (GM8602)WT52 (GM8603)
- immunoprecipitation is used to isolate the desired allele.
- a number of protocols can be used, depending upon the specificity of the antibodies used.
- allele-specific mAb reagents can be used for the affinity purification of the HLA-A, HLA-B, and HLA-C molecules.
- Several mAb reagents for the isolation of HLA-A molecules are available (Table 6).
- reagents are available that may be used for the direct isolation of the HLA-A molecules. Affinity columns prepared with these mabs using standard techniques are successfully used to purify the respective HLA-A allele products.
- HLA-A1 12/18 HLA-A3 GAPA3 (ATCC, HB122) HLA-11, 24.1 A11.1M (ATCC, HB164) HLA-A, B, C W6/32 (ATCC, HB95) monomorphic
- the peptides bound to the peptide binding groove of the isolated MHC molecules are eluted typically using acid treatment.
- Peptides can also be dissociated from class I molecules by a variety of standard denaturing means, such as heat, pH, detergents, salts, chaotropic agents, or a combination thereof.
- Peptide fractions are further separated from the MHC molecules by reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and sequenced.
- HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
- Peptides can be separated by a variety of other standard means well known to the artisan, including filtration, ultrafiltration, electrophoresis, size chromatography, precipitation with specific antibodies, ion exchange chromatography, isoelectrofocusing, and the like.
- Sequencing of the isolated peptides can be performed according to standard techniques such as Edman degradation (Hunkapiller, M. W., et al., Methods Enzmmol. 91, 399 [1983]). Other methods suitable for sequencing include mass spectrometry sequencing of individual peptides as previously described (Hunt, et al., Science 225:1261 (1992), which is incorporated herein by reference). Amino acid sequencing of bulk heterogenous peptides (e.g., pooled HPLC fractions) from different class I molecules typically reveals a characteristic sequence motif for each class I allele.
- motifs specific for different class I alleles allows the identification of potential peptide epitopes from an antigenic protein whose amino acid sequence is known. Typically, identification of potential peptide epitopes is initially carried out using a computer to scan the amino acid sequence of a desired antigen for the presence of motifs. The epitopic sequences are then synthesized. The capacity to bind MHC Class molecules is measured in a variety of different ways. One means is a Class I molecule binding assay as described in the related applications, noted above. Other alternatives described in the literature include inhibition of antigen presentation (Sette, et al., J. Immunol.
- peptides that test positive in the MHC class I binding assay are assayed for the ability of the peptides to induce specific CTL responses in vitro.
- Antigen-presenting cells that have been incubated with a peptide can be assayed for the ability to induce CTL responses in responder cell populations.
- Antigen-presenting cells can be normal cells such as peripheral blood mononuclear cells or dendritic cells (Inaba, et al., J. Exp. Med. 166:182 (1987); Boog, Eur. J. Immunol. 18:219 [1988]).
- mutant mammalian cell lines that are deficient in their ability to load class I molecules with internally processed peptides, such as the mouse cell lines RMA-S (Kärre, et al., Nature, 319:675 (1986); Ljunggren, et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 21:2963-2970 (1991)), and the human somatic T cell hybrid, T-2 (Cerundolo, et al., Nature 345:449-452 (1990)) and which have been transfected with the appropriate human class I genes are conveniently used, when peptide is added to them, to test for the capacity of the peptide to induce in vitro primary CTL responses.
- RMA-S mouse cell lines
- T-2 human somatic T cell hybrid
- eukaryotic cell lines which could be used include various insect cell lines such as mosquito larvae (ATCC cell lines CCL 125, 126, 1660, 1591, 6585, 6586), silkworm (ATTC CRL 8851), armyworm (ATCC CRL 1711), moth (ATCC CCL 80) and Drosophila cell lines such as a Schneider cell line (see Schneider J. Embryol. Exp. Morphol. 27:353-365 [1927]).
- Peripheral blood lymphocytes are conveniently isolated following simple venipuncture or leukapheresis of normal donors or patients and used as the responder cell sources of CTL precursors.
- the appropriate antigen-presenting cells are incubated with 10-100 ⁇ M of peptide in serum-free media for 4 hours under appropriate culture conditions.
- the peptide-loaded antigen-presenting cells are then incubated with the responder cell populations in vitro for 7 to 10 days under optimized culture conditions.
- Positive CTL activation can be determined by assaying the cultures for the presence of CTLs that kill radiolabeled target cells, both specific peptide-pulsed targets as well as target cells expressing endogenously processed form of the relevant virus or tumor antigen from which the peptide sequence was derived.
- Specificity and MHC restriction of the CTL is determined by testing against different peptide target cells expressing appropriate or inappropriate human MHC class I.
- the peptides that test positive in the MHC binding assays and give rise to specific CTL responses are referred to herein as immunogenic peptides.
- the immunogenic peptides can be prepared synthetically, or by recombinant DNA technology or from natural sources such as whole viruses or tumors. Although the peptide will preferably be substantially free of other naturally occurring host cell proteins and fragments thereof, in some embodiments the peptides can be synthetically conjugated to native fragments or particles.
- polypeptides or peptides can be a variety of lengths, either in their neutral (uncharged) forms or in forms which are salts, and either free of modifications such as glycosylation, side chain oxidation, or phosphorylation or containing these modifications, subject to the condition that the modification not destroy the biological activity of the polypeptides as herein described.
- the peptide will be as small as possible while still maintaining substantially all of the biological activity of the large peptide.
- Peptides having the desired activity may be modified as necessary to provide certain desired attributes, e.g., improved pharmacological characteristics, while increasing or at least retaining substantially all of the biological activity of the unmodified peptide to bind the desired MHC molecule and activate the appropriate T cell.
- the peptides may be subject to various changes, such as substitutions, either conservative or non-conservative, where such changes might provide for certain advantages in their use, such as improved MHC binding.
- conservative substitutions is meant replacing an amino acid residue with another which is biologically and/or chemically similar, e.g., one hydrophobic residue for another, or one polar residue for another.
- substitutions include combinations such as Gly, Ala; Val, Ile, Leu, Met; Asp, Glu; Asn, Gln; Ser, Thr; Lys, Arg; and Phe, Tyr.
- the effect of single amino acid substitutions may also be probed using D-amino acids.
- Such modifications may be made using well known peptide synthesis procedures, as described in e.g., Merrifield, Science 232:341-347 (1986), Barany and Merrifield, The Peptides , Gross and Meienhofer, eds. (N.Y., Academic Press), pp. 1-284 (1979); and Stewart and Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis , (Rockford, Ill., Pierce), 2d Ed. (1984), incorporated by reference herein.
- the peptides can also be modified by extending or decreasing the compound's amino acid sequence, e.g., by the addition or deletion of amino acids.
- the peptides or analogs of the invention can also be modified by altering the order or composition of certain residues, it being readily appreciated that certain amino acid residues essential for biological activity, e.g., those at critical contact sites or conserved residues, may generally not be altered without an adverse effect on biological activity.
- the non-critical amino acids need not be limited to those naturally occurring in proteins, such as L- ⁇ -amino acids, or their D-isomers, but may include non-natural amino acids as well, such as ⁇ - ⁇ - ⁇ -amino acids, as well as many derivatives of L- ⁇ -amino acids.
- a series of peptides with single amino acid substitutions are employed to determine the effect of electrostatic charge, hydrophobicity, etc. on binding. For instance, a series of positively charged (e.g., Lys or Arg) or negatively charged (e.g., Glu) amino acid substitutions are made along the length of the peptide revealing different patterns of sensitivity towards various MHC molecules and T cell receptors.
- a series of positively charged (e.g., Lys or Arg) or negatively charged (e.g., Glu) amino acid substitutions are made along the length of the peptide revealing different patterns of sensitivity towards various MHC molecules and T cell receptors.
- multiple substitutions using small, relatively neutral moieties such as Ala, Gly, Pro, or similar residues may be employed.
- the substitutions may be homo-oligomers or hetero-oligomers.
- residues which are substituted or added depend on the spacing necessary between essential contact points and certain functional attributes which are sought (e.g., hydrophobicity versus hydrophilicity). Increased binding affinity for an MHC molecule or T cell receptor may also be achieved by such substitutions, compared to the affinity of the parent peptide. In any event, such substitutions should employ amino acid residues or other molecular fragments chosen to avoid, for example, steric and charge interference which might disrupt binding.
- Amino acid substitutions are typically of single residues. Substitutions, deletions, insertions or any combination thereof may be combined to arrive at a final peptide. Substitutional variants are those in which at least one residue of a peptide has been removed and a different residue inserted in its place. Such substitutions generally are made in accordance with the following Table 2 when it is desired to finely modulate the characteristics of the peptide.
- Substantial changes in function are made by selecting substitutions that are less conservative than those in Table 2, i.e., selecting residues that differ more significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the peptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
- substitutions which in general are expected to produce the greatest changes in peptide properties will be those in which (a) hydrophilic residue, e.g. seryl, is substituted for (or by) a hydrophobic residue, e.g.
- leucyl isoleucyl, phenylalanyl, valyl or alanyl
- a residue having an electropositive side chain e.g., lysl, arginyl, or histidyl
- an electronegative residue e.g. glutamyl or aspartyl
- a residue having a bulky side chain e.g. phenylalanine, is substituted for (or by) one not having a side chain, e.g., glycine.
- the peptides may also comprise isosteres of two or more residues in the immunogenic peptide.
- An isostere as defined here is a sequence of two or more residues that can be substituted for a second sequence because the steric conformation of the first sequence fits a binding site specific for the second sequence.
- the term specifically includes peptide backbone modifications well known to those skilled in the art. Such modifications include modifications of the amide nitrogen, the ⁇ -carbon, amide carbonyl, complete replacement of the amide bond, extensions, deletions or backbone crosslinks. See, generally, Spatola, Chemistry and Biochemistry of Amino Acids, peptides and Proteins, Vol. VII (Weinstein ed., 1983).
- Modifications of peptides with various amino acid mimetics or unnatural amino acids are particularly useful in increasing the stability of the peptide in vivo. Stability can be assayed in a number of ways. For instance, peptidases and various biological media, such as human plasma and serum, have been used to test stability. See, e.g., Verhoef et al., Eur. J. Drug Metab. Pharmacokin. 11:291-302 (1986). Half life of the peptides of the present invention is conveniently determined using a 25% human serum (v/v) assay. The protocol is generally as follows. Pooled human serum (Type AB, non-heat inactivated) is delipidated by centrifugation before use.
- Type AB non-heat inactivated
- the serum is then diluted to 25% with RPMI tissue culture media and used to test peptide stability. At predetermined time intervals a small amount of reaction solution is removed and added to either 6% aqueous trichloracetic acid or ethanol. The cloudy reaction sample is cooled (4° C.) for 15 minutes and then spun to pellet the precipitated serum proteins. The presence of the peptides is then determined by reversed-phase HPLC using stability-specific chromatography conditions.
- the peptides of the present invention or analogs thereof which have CTL stimulating activity may be modified to provide desired attributes other than improved serum half life.
- the ability of the peptides to induce CTL activity can be enhanced by linkage to a sequence which contains at least one epitope that is capable of inducing a T helper cell response.
- Particularly preferred immunogenic peptides/T helper conjugates are linked by a spacer molecule.
- the spacer is typically comprised of relatively small, neutral molecules, such as amino acids or amino acid mimetics, which are substantially uncharged under physiological conditions.
- the spacers are typically selected from, e.g., Ala, Gly, or other neutral spacers of nonpolar amino acids or neutral polar amino acids.
- the optionally present spacer need not be comprised of the same residues and thus may be a hetero- or homo-oligomer.
- the spacer will usually be at least one or two residues, more usually three to six residues.
- the CTL peptide may be linked to the T helper peptide without a spacer.
- the immunogenic peptide may be linked to the T helper peptide either directly or via a spacer either at the amino or carboxy Terminus of the CTL peptide.
- the amino terminus of either the immunogenic peptide or the T helper peptide may be acylated.
- Exemplary T helper peptides include tetanus toxoid 830-843, influenza 307-319, malaria circumsporozoite 382-398 and 378-389.
- lipids have been identified as agents capable of priming CTL in vivo against viral antigens.
- palmitic acid residues can be attached to the alpha and epsilon amino groups of a Lys residue and then linked, e.g., via one or more linking residues such as Gly, Gly-Gly-, Ser, Ser-Ser, or the like, to an immunogenic peptide.
- the lipidated peptide can then be injected directly in a micellar form, incorporated into a liposome or emulsified in an adjuvant, e.g., incomplete Freund's adjuvant.
- a particularly effective immunogen comprises palmitic acid attached to alpha and epsilon amino groups of Lys, which is attached via linkage, e.g., Ser-Ser, to the amino terminus of the immunogenic peptide.
- E. coli lipoproteins such as tripalmitoyl-S-glycerylcysteinlyseryl-serine (P3CSS) can be used to prime virus specific CTL when covalently attached to inappropriate peptide.
- P3CSS tripalmitoyl-S-glycerylcysteinlyseryl-serine
- Peptides of the invention can be coupled to P 3 CSS, for example, and the lipopeptide administered to an individual to specifically prime a CTL response to the target antigen.
- the induction of neutralizing antibodies can also be primed with P 3 CSS conjugated to a peptide which displays an appropriate epitope, the two compositions can be combined to more effectively elicit both humoral and cell-mediated responses to infection.
- amino acids can be added to the termini of a peptide to provide for ease of linking peptides one to another, for coupling to a carrier support, or larger peptide, for modifying the physical or chemical properties of the peptide or oligopeptide, or the like.
- Amino acids such as tyrosine, cysteine, lysine, glutamic or aspartic acid, or the like, can be introduced at the C- or N-terminus of the peptide or oligopeptide. Modification at the C terminus in some cases may alter binding characteristics of the peptide.
- the peptide or oligopeptide sequences can differ from the natural sequence by being modified by terminal-NH 2 -acylation, e.g., by alkanoyl (C 1 -C 20 ) or thioglycolyl acetylation, terminal-carboxyl amidation, e.g., ammonia, methylamine, etc. In some instances these modifications may provide sites for linking to a support or other molecule.
- the peptides of the invention can be prepared in a wide variety of ways. Because of their relatively short size, the peptides can be synthesized in solution or on a solid support in accordance with conventional techniques. Various automatic synthesizers are commercially available and can be used in accordance with known protocols. See, for example, Stewart and Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2d. ed., Pierce Chemical Co. (1984), supra.
- recombinant DNA technology may be employed wherein a nucleotide sequence which encodes an immunogenic peptide of interest is inserted into an expression vector, transformed or transfected into an appropriate host cell and cultivated under conditions suitable for expression.
- a nucleotide sequence which encodes an immunogenic peptide of interest is inserted into an expression vector, transformed or transfected into an appropriate host cell and cultivated under conditions suitable for expression.
- coding sequence for peptide of the length contemplated herein can be synthesized by chemical techniques, for example, the phosphotriester method of Matteucci et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 103:3185 (1981), modification can be made simply by substituting the appropriate base(s) for those encoding the native peptide sequence.
- the coding sequence can then be provided with appropriate linkers and ligated into expression vectors commonly available in the art, and the vectors used to transform suitable hosts to produce the desired fusion protein. A number of such vectors and suitable host systems are now available.
- the coding sequence will be provided with operably linked start and stop codons, promoter and terminator regions and usually a replication system to provide an expression vector for expression in the desired cellular host.
- promoter sequences compatible with bacterial hosts are provided in plasmids containing convenient restriction sites for insertion of the desired coding sequence.
- the resulting expression vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts.
- yeast or mammalian cell hosts may also be used, employing suitable vectors and control sequences.
- the peptides of the present invention and pharmaceutical and vaccine compositions thereof are useful for administration to mammals, particularly humans, to treat and/or prevent viral infection and cancer.
- diseases which can be treated using the immunogenic peptides of the invention include prostate cancer, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, AIDS, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, lymphoma, CMV and condlyloma acuminatum.
- the immunogenic peptides of the invention are administered to an individual already suffering from cancer or infected with the virus of interest. Those in the incubation phase or the acute phase of infection can be treated with the immunogenic peptides separately or in conjunction with other treatments, as appropriate. In therapeutic applications, compositions are administered to a patient in an amount sufficient to elicit an effective CTL response to the virus or tumor antigen and to cure or at least partially arrest symptoms and/or complications.
- Amounts effective for this use will depend on, e.g., the peptide composition, the manner of administration, the stage and severity of the disease being treated, the weight and general state of health of the patient, and the judgment of the prescribing, physician, but generally range for the initial immunization (that is for therapeutic or prophylactic administration) from about 1.0 ⁇ g to about 5000 ⁇ g of peptide for a 70 kg patient, followed by boosting dosages of from about 1.0 ⁇ g to about 1000 ⁇ g of peptide pursuant to a boosting regimen over weeks to months depending upon the patient's response and condition by measuring specific CTL activity in the patient's blood.
- peptides and compositions of the present invention may generally be employed in serious disease states, that is, life-threatening or potentially life threatening situations. In such cases, in view of the minimization of extraneous substances and the relative nontoxic nature of the peptides, it is possible and may be felt desirable by the treating physician to administer substantial excesses of these peptide compositions.
- administration should begin at the first sign of viral infection or the detection or surgical removal of tumors or shortly after diagnosis in the case of acute infection. This is followed by boosting doses until at least symptoms are substantially abated and for a period thereafter. In chronic infection, loading doses followed by boosting doses may be required.
- Treatment of an infected individual with the compositions of the invention may hasten resolution of the infection in acutely infected individuals.
- the compositions are particularly useful in methods for preventing the evolution from acute to chronic infection.
- the susceptible individuals are identified prior to or during infection, for instance, as described herein, the composition can be targeted to them, minimizing need for administration to a larger population.
- the peptide compositions can also be used for the treatment of chronic infection and to stimulate the immune system to eliminate virus-infected cells in carriers. It is important to provide an amount of immuno-potentiating peptide in a formulation and mode of administration sufficient to effectively stimulate a cytotoxic T cell response.
- a representative dose is in the range of about 1.0 ⁇ g to about 5000 ⁇ g, preferably about 5 ⁇ g to 1000 ⁇ g for a 70 kg patient per dose. Immunizing doses followed by boosting doses at established intervals, e.g., from one to four weeks, may be required, possibly for a prolonged period of time to effectively immunize an individual.
- administration should continue until at least clinical symptoms or laboratory tests indicate that the viral infection has been eliminated or substantially abated and for a period thereafter.
- compositions for therapeutic treatment are intended for parenteral, topical, oral or local administration.
- the pharmaceutical compositions are administered parenterally, e.g., intravenously, subcutaneously, intradermally, or intramuscularly.
- the invention provides compositions for parenteral administration which comprise a solution of the immunogenic peptides dissolved or suspended in an acceptable carrier, preferably an aqueous carrier.
- an acceptable carrier preferably an aqueous carrier.
- aqueous carriers may be used, e.g., water, buffered water, 0.8% saline, 0.3% glycine, hyaluronic acid and the like.
- These compositions may be sterilized by conventional, well known sterilization techniques, or may be sterile filtered.
- compositions may be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized, the lyophilized preparation being combined with a sterile solution prior to administration.
- the compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions, such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, wetting agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium lactate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
- concentration of CTL stimulatory peptides of the invention in the pharmaceutical formulations can vary widely, i.e., from less than about 0.1%, usually at or at least about 2% to as much as 20% to 50% or more by weight, and will be selected primarily by fluid volumes, viscosities, etc., in accordance with the particular mode of administration selected.
- the peptides of the invention may also be administered via liposomes, which serve to target the peptides to a particular tissue, such as lymphoid tissue, or targeted selectively to infected cells, as well as increase the half-life of the peptide composition.
- Liposomes include emulsions, foams, micelles, insoluble monolayers, liquid crystals, phospholipid dispersions, lamellar layers and the like.
- the peptide to be delivered is incorporated as part of a liposome, alone or in conjunction with a molecule which binds to, e.g., a receptor prevalent among lymphoid cells, such as monoclonal antibodies which bind to the CD45 antigen, or with other therapeutic or immunogenic compositions.
- liposomes either filled or decorated with a desired peptide of the invention can be directed to the site of lymphoid cells, where the liposomes then deliver the selected therapeutic/immunogenic peptide compositions.
- Liposomes for use in the invention are formed from standard vesicle-forming lipids, which generally include neutral and negatively charged phospholipids and a sterol, such as cholesterol. The selection of lipids is generally guided by consideration of, e.g., liposome size, acid lability and stability of the liposomes in the blood stream. A variety of methods are available for preparing liposomes, as described in, e.g., Szoka et al., Ann. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng. 9:467 (1980), U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,235,871, 4,501,728, 4,837,028, and 5,019,369, incorporated herein by reference.
- a ligand to be incorporated into the liposome can include, e.g., antibodies or fragments thereof specific for cell surface determinants of the desired immune system cells.
- a liposome suspension containing a peptide may be administered intravenously, locally, topically, etc. in a dose which varies according to, inter alia, the manner of administration, the peptide being delivered, and the stage of the disease being treated.
- nontoxic solid carriers include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talcum, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable nontoxic composition is formed by incorporating any of the normally employed excipients, such as those carriers previously listed, and generally 10-95% of active ingredient, that is, one or more peptides of the invention, and more preferably at a concentration of 25%-75%.
- the immunogenic peptides are preferably supplied in finely divided form along with a surfactant and propellant. Typical percentages of peptides are 0.01%-20% by weight, preferably 1%-10%.
- the surfactant must, of course, be nontoxic, and preferably soluble in the propellant.
- Representative of such agents are the esters or partial esters of fatty acids containing from 6 to 22 carbon atoms, such as caproic, octanoic, lauric, palmitic, stearic, linoleic, linolenic, olesteric and oleic acids with an aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or its cyclic anhydride.
- Mixed esters such as mixed or natural glycerides may be employed.
- the surfactant may constitute 0.1%-20% by weight of the composition, preferably 0.25-5%.
- the balance of the composition is ordinarily propellant.
- a carrier can also be included, as desired, as with, e.g., lecithin for intranasal delivery.
- the present invention is directed to vaccines which contain as an active ingredient an immunogenically effective amount of an immunogenic peptide as described herein.
- the peptide(s) may be introduced into a host, including humans, linked to its own carrier or as a homopolymer or heteropolymer of active peptide units.
- Such a polymer has the advantage of increased immunological reaction and, where different peptides are used to make up the polymer, the additional ability to induce antibodies and/or CTLs that react with different antigenic determinants of the virus or tumor cells.
- Useful carriers are well known in the art, and include, e.g., thyroglobulin, albumins such as human serum albumin, tetanus toxoid, polyamino acids such as poly(lysine:glutamic acid), influenza, hepatitis B virus core protein, hepatitis B virus recombinant vaccine and the like.
- the vaccines can also contain a physiologically tolerable (acceptable) diluent such as water, phosphate buffered saline, or saline, and further typically include an adjuvant.
- Adjuvants such as incomplete Freund's adjuvant, aluminum phosphate, aluminum hydroxide, or alum are materials well known in the art.
- CTL responses can be primed by conjugating peptides of the invention to lipids, such as P 3 CSS.
- lipids such as P 3 CSS.
- the immune system of the host responds to the vaccine by producing large amounts of CTLs specific for the desired antigen, and the host becomes at least partially immune to later infection, or resistant to developing chronic infection.
- Vaccine compositions containing the peptides of the invention are administered to a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of viral infection or cancer to elicit an immune response against the antigen and thus enhance the patient's own immune response capabilities.
- Such an amount is defined to be an “immunogenically effective dose.”
- the precise amounts again depend on the patient's state of health and weight, the mode of administration, the nature of the formulation, etc., but generally range from about 1.0 ⁇ g to about 5000 ⁇ g per 70 kilogram patient, more commonly from about 10 ⁇ g to about 500 ⁇ g mg per 70 kg of body weight.
- peptide vaccines of the invention may be desirable to combine with vaccines which induce neutralizing antibody responses to the virus of interest, particularly to viral envelope antigens.
- nucleic acids encoding one or more of the peptides of the invention can also be administered to the patient.
- a number of methods are conveniently used to deliver the nucleic acids to the patient.
- the nulceic acid can be delivered directly, as “naked DNA”. This approach is described, for instance, in Wolff et. al., Science 247:1465-1468 (1990) as well as U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,580,859 and 5,589,466.
- the nucleic acids can also be administered using ballistic delivery as described, for instance, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,204,253. Particles comprised solely of DNA can be administered. Alternatively, DNA can be adhered to particles, such as gold particles.
- the nucleic acids can also be delivered complexed to cationic compounds, such as cationic lipids.
- cationic compounds such as cationic lipids.
- Lipid-mediated gene delivery methods are described, for instance, in WO 96/18372; WO 93/24640; Mannino and Gould-Fogerite (1988) BioTechniques 6(7):682-691; Rose U.S. Pat. No. 5,279,833; WO 91/06309; and Felgner et al. (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84: 7413-7414.
- the peptides of the invention can also be expressed by attenuated viral hosts, such as vaccinia or fowlpox.
- vaccinia virus as a vector to express nucleotide sequences that encode the peptides of the invention.
- the recombinant vaccinia virus Upon introduction into an acutely or chronically infected host or into a noninfected host, the recombinant vaccinia virus expresses the immunogenic peptide, and thereby elicits a host CTL response.
- Vaccinia vectors and methods useful in immunization protocols are described in, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,722,848, incorporated herein by reference.
- Another vector is BCG (Bacille Calmette Guerin). BCG vectors are described in Stover et al. ( Nature 351:456-460 (1991)) which is incorporated herein by reference.
- BCG vectors are described in Stover et al. ( Nature 351:456-460 (1991)) which is incorporated herein by reference.
- a preferred means of administering nucleic acids encoding the peptides of the invention uses minigene constructs encoding multiple epitopes of the invention.
- a human codon usage table is used to guide the codon choice for each amino acid.
- MHC presentation of CTL epitopes may be improved by including synthetic (e.g. poly-alanine) or naturally-occurring flanking sequences adjacent to the CTL epitopes.
- the minigene sequence is converted to DNA by assembling oligonucleotides that encode the plus and minus strands of the minigene. Overlapping oligonucleotides (30-100 bases long) are synthesized, phosphorylated, purified and annealed under appropriate conditions using well known techniques. The ends of the oligonucleotides are joined using T4 DNA ligase. This synthetic minigene, encoding the CTL epitope polypeptide, can then cloned into a desired expression vector.
- Standard regulatory sequences well known to those of skill in the art are included in the vector to ensure expression in the target cells.
- Several vector elements are required: a promoter with a down-stream cloning site for minigene insertion; a polyadenylation signal for efficient transcription termination; an E. coli origin of replication; and an E. coli selectable marker (e.g. ampicillin or kanamycin resistance).
- E. coli origin of replication e.g. ampicillin or kanamycin resistance
- Numerous promoters can be used for this purpose, e.g., the human cytomegalovirus (hCMV) promoter. See, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,580,859 and 5,589,466 for other suitable promoter sequences.
- introns are required for efficient gene expression, and one or more synthetic or naturally-occurring introns could be incorporated into the transcribed region of the minigene.
- mRNA stabilization sequences can also be considered for increasing minigene expression.
- immunostimulatory sequences ISSs or CpGs
- a bioistronic expression vector to allow production of the minigene-encoded epitopes and a second protein included to enhance or decrease immunogenicity
- proteins or polypeptides that could beneficially enhance the immune response if co-expressed include cytokines (e.g., IL2, IL12, GM-CSF), cytokine-inducing molecules (e.g. LeIF) or costimulatory molecules.
- Helper (HTL) epitopes could be joined to intracellular targeting signals and expressed separately from the CTL epitopes. This would allow direction of the HTL epitopes to a cell compartment different than the CTL epitopes.
- immunosuppressive molecules e.g. TGF- ⁇
- TGF- ⁇ immunosuppressive molecules
- the minigene is cloned into the polylinker region downstream of the promoter.
- This plasmid is transformed into an appropriate E. coli strain, and DNA is prepared using standard techniques. The orientation and DNA sequence of the minigene, as well as all other elements included in the vector, are confirmed using restriction mapping and DNA sequence analysis. Bacterial cells harboring the correct plasmid can be stored as a master cell bank and a working cell bank.
- Therapeutic quantities of plasmid DNA are produced by fermentation in E. coli , followed by purification. Aliquots from the working cell bank are used to inoculate fermentation medium (such as Terrific Broth), and grown to saturation in shaker flasks or a bioreactor according to well known techniques. Plasmid DNA can be purified using standard bioseparation technologies such as solid phase anion-exchange resins supplied by Quiagen. If required, supercoiled DNA can be isolated from the open circular and linear forms using gel electrophoresis or other methods.
- Purified plasmid DNA can be prepared for injection using a variety of formulations. The simplest of these is reconstitution of lyophilized DNA in sterile phosphate-buffer saline (PBS). A variety of methods have been described, and new techniques may become available. As noted above, nucleic acids are conveniently formulated with cationic lipids. In addition, glycolipids, fusogenic liposomes, peptides and compounds referred to collectively as protective, interactive, non-condensing (PINC) could also be complexed to purified plasmid DNA to influence variables such as stability, intramuscular dispersion, or trafficking to specific organs or cell types.
- PINC protective, interactive, non-condensing
- Target cell sensitization can be uses as a functional assay for expression and MHC class I presentation of minigene-encoded CTL epitopes.
- the plasmid DNA is introduced into a mammalian cell line that is suitable as a target for standard CTL chromium release assays. The transfection method used will be dependent on the final formulation. Electroporation can be used for “naked” DNA, whereas cationic lipids allow direct in vitro transfection.
- a plasmid expressing green fluorescent protein (GFP) can be co-transfected to allow enrichment of transfected cells using fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). These cells are then chromium-51 labeled and used as target cells for epitope-specific CTL lines. Cytolysis, detected by 51 Cr release, indicates production of MHC presentation of minigene-encoded CTL epitopes.
- GFP green fluorescent protein
- In vivo immunogenicity is a second approach for functional testing of minigene DNA formulations.
- Transgenic mice expressing appropriate human MHC molecules are immunized with the DNA product.
- the dose and route of administration are formulation dependent (e.g. IM for DNA in PBS, IP for lipid-complexed DNA).
- Twenty-one days after immunization splenocytes are harvested and restimulated for 1 week in the presence of peptides encoding each epitope being tested.
- These effector cells (CTLs) are assayed for cytolysis of peptide-loaded, chromium-51 labeled target cells using standard techniques. Lysis of target cells sensitized by MHC loading of peptides corresponding to minigene-encoded epitopes demonstrates DNA vaccine function for in vivo induction of CTLs.
- Antigenic peptides may be used to elicit CTL ex vivo, as well.
- the resulting CTL can be used to treat chronic infections (viral or bacterial) or tumors in patients that do not respond to other conventional forms of therapy, or will not respond to a peptide vaccine approach of therapy.
- Ex vivo CTL responses to a particular pathogen are induced by incubating in tissue culture the patient's CTL precursor cells (CTLp) together with a source of antigen-presenting cells (APC) and the appropriate immunogenic peptide.
- CTLp CTL precursor cells
- APC antigen-presenting cells
- the cells After an appropriate incubation time (typically 1-4 weeks), in which the CTLp are activated and mature and expand into effector CTL, the cells are infused back into the patient, where they will destroy their specific target cell (an infected cell or a tumor cell).
- the culture of stimulator cells is maintained in an appropriate serum-free medium.
- an amount of antigenic peptide is added to the stimulator cell culture, of sufficient quantity to become loaded onto the human Class I molecules to be expressed on the surface of the stimulator cells.
- a sufficient amount of peptide is an amount that will allow about 200, and preferably 200 or more, human Class I MHC molecules loaded with peptide to be expressed on the surface of each stimulator cell.
- the stimulator cells are incubated with >20 ⁇ g/ml peptide.
- Resting or precursor CD8+ cells are then incubated in culture with the appropriate stimulator cells for a time period sufficient to activate the CD8+ cells.
- the CD8+ cells are activated in an antigen-specific manner.
- the ratio of resting or precursor CD8+ (effector) cells to stimulator cells may vary from individual to individual and may further depend upon variables such as the amenability of an individual's lymphocytes to culturing conditions and the nature and severity of the disease condition or other condition for which the within-described treatment modality is used.
- the lymphocyte:stimulator cell ratio is in the range of about 30:1 to 300:1.
- the effector/stimulator culture may be maintained for as long a time as is necessary to stimulate a therapeutically useable or effective number of CD8+ cells.
- CTL CTL precursor
- Peptide loading of empty major histocompatibility complex molecules on cells allows the induction of primary cytotoxic T lymphocyte responses.
- Peptide loading of empty major histocompatibility complex molecules on cells enables the induction of primary cytotoxic T lymphocyte responses.
- mutant cell lines do not exist for every human MHC allele, it is advantageous to use a technique to remove endogenous MHC-associated peptides from the surface of APC, followed by loading the resulting empty MHC molecules with the immunogenic peptides of interest.
- the use of non-transformed (non-tumorigenic), non-infected cells, and preferably, autologous cells of patients as APC is desirable for the design of CTL induction protocols directed towards development of ex vivo CTL therapies.
- This application discloses methods for stripping the endogenous MHC-associated peptides from the surface of APC followed by the loading of desired peptides.
- a stable MHC class I molecule is a trimeric complex formed of the following elements: 1) a peptide usually of 8-10 residues, 2) a transmembrane heavy polymorphic protein chain which bears the peptide-binding site in its ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 domains, and 3) a non-covalently associated non-polymorphic light chain, ⁇ 2 microglobulin. Removing the bound peptides and/or dissociating the ⁇ 2 microglobulin from the complex renders the MHC class I molecules nonfunctional and unstable, resulting in rapid degradation. All MHC class I molecules isolated from PBMCs have endogenous peptides bound to them. Therefore, the first step is to remove all endogenous peptides bound to MHC class I molecules on the APC without causing their degradation before exogenous peptides can be added to them.
- Two possible ways to free up MHC class I molecules of bound peptides include lowering the culture temperature from 37° C. to 26° C. overnight to destabilize ⁇ 2 microglobulin and stripping the endogenous peptides from the cell using a mild acid treatment.
- the methods release previously bound peptides into the extracellular environment allowing new exogenous peptides to bind to the empty class I molecules.
- the cold-temperature incubation method enables exogenous peptides to bind efficiently to the MHC complex, but requires an overnight incubation at 26° C. which may slow the cell's metabolic rate. It is also likely that cells not actively synthesizing MHC molecules (e.g., resting PBMC) would not produce high amounts of empty surface MHC molecules by the cold temperature procedure.
- Harsh acid stripping involves extraction of the peptides with trifluoroacetic acid, pH 2, or acid denaturation of the immunoaffinity purified class I-peptide complexes. These methods are not feasible for CTL induction, since it is important to remove the endogenous peptides while preserving APC viability and an optimal metabolic state which is critical for antigen presentation.
- Mild acid solutions of pH 3 such as glycine or citrate-phosphate buffers have been used to identify endogenous peptides and to identify tumor associated T cell epitopes. The treatment is especially effective, in that only the MHC class I molecules are destabilized (and associated peptides released), while other surface antigens remain intact, including MHC class II molecules.
- the mild acid treatment is rapid since the stripping of the endogenous peptides occurs in two minutes at 4° C. and the APC is ready to perform its function after the appropriate peptides are loaded.
- the technique is utilized herein to make peptide-specific APCs for the generation of primary antigen-specific CTL.
- the resulting APC are efficient in inducing peptide-specific CD8+ CTL.
- Activated CD8+ cells may be effectively separated from the stimulator cells using one of a variety of known methods.
- monoclonal antibodies specific for the stimulator cells, for the peptides loaded onto the stimulator cells, or for the CD8+ cells (or a segment thereof) may be utilized to bind their appropriate complementary ligand.
- Antibody-tagged molecules may then be extracted from the stimulator-effector cell admixture via appropriate means, e.g., via well-known immunoprecipitation or immunoassay methods.
- Effective, cytotoxic amounts of the activated CD8+ cells can vary between in vitro and in vivo uses, as well as with the amount and type of cells that are the ultimate target of these killer cells. The amount will also vary depending on the condition of the patient and should be determined via consideration of all appropriate factors by the practitioner. Preferably, however, about 1 ⁇ 10 6 to about 1 ⁇ 10 12 , more preferably about 1 ⁇ 10 8 to about 1 ⁇ 10 11 , and even more preferably, about 1 ⁇ 10 9 to about 1 ⁇ 10 10 activated CD8+ cells are utilized for adult humans, compared to about 5 ⁇ 10 6 ⁇ 5 ⁇ 10 7 cells used in mice.
- the activated CD8+ cells are harvested from the cell culture prior to administration of the CD8+ cells to the individual being treated. It is important to note, however, that unlike other present and proposed treatment modalities, the present method uses a cell culture system that is not tumorigenic. Therefore, if complete separation of stimulator cells and activated CD8+ cells is not achieved, there is no inherent danger known to be associated with the administration of a small number of stimulator cells, whereas administration of mammalian tumor-promoting cells may be extremely hazardous.
- immunogenic peptides of this invention may also be used to make monoclonal antibodies. Such antibodies may be useful as potential diagnostic or therapeutic agents.
- the peptides may also find use as diagnostic reagents.
- a peptide of the invention may be used to determine the susceptibility of a particular individual to a treatment regimen which employs the peptide or related peptides, and thus may be helpful in modifying an existing treatment protocol or in determining a prognosis for an affected individual.
- the peptides may also be used to predict which individuals will be at substantial risk for developing chronic infection.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides the means and methods for selecting immunogenic peptides and the immunogenic peptide compositions capable of specifically binding glycoproteins encoded by HLA alleles and inducing T cell activation in T cells restricted by the allele. The peptides are useful to elicit an immune response against a desired antigen. The immunogenic peptide compositions of the present invention comprise immunogenic peptides having an HLA binding motif, where the peptide is from a target antigen. Target antigens of the present invention include prostate specific antigen (PSA), hepatitis B core and surface antigens (HBVc, HBVs) hepatitis C antigens, Epstein-Barr virus antigens, melanoma antigens (e.g., MAGE-1), human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) antigens, human papilloma virus (HPV) antigens, Lassa virus, mycobacterium tuberculosis (MT), p53, CEA, trypanosome surface antigen (TSA) and Her2/neu.
Description
- The present application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 09/189,702, filed Nov. 10, 1998, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 08/205,713 filed Mar. 4, 1994. The present application is also related to U.S. Ser. No. 09/017,735, U.S. Ser. No. 08/753,622, U.S. Ser. No. 08/822,382, U.S. Ser. No. 60/013,980, U.S. Ser. No. 08/589,108, U.S. Ser. No. 08/454,033, U.S. Ser. No. 08/349,177, U.S. Ser. No. 08/073,205, and U.S. Ser. No. 08/027,146. The present application is also related to U.S. Ser. No. 09/017,524, U.S. Ser. No. 08/821,739, U.S. Ser. No. 60/013,833, U.S. Ser. No. 08/758,409, U.S. Ser. No. 08/589,107, U.S. Ser. No. 08/451,913 and to U.S. Ser. No. 08/347,610, U.S. Ser. No. 08/186,266, U.S. Ser. No. 08/159,339, U.S. Ser. No. 09/116,061, U.S. Ser. No. 08/103,396, U.S. Ser. No. 08/027,746, and U.S. Ser. No. 07/926,666. The present application is also related to U.S. Ser. No. 09/017,743; U.S. Ser. No. 08/753,615; U.S. Ser. No. 08/590,298; U.S. Ser. No. 08/452,843; U.S. Ser. No. 09/115,400; U.S. Ser. No. 08/344,824; and U.S. Ser. No. 08/278,634. The present application is also related to U.S. Ser. No. 08/197,484 and U.S. Ser. No. 08/815,396. All of the above applications are incorporated herein by reference.
- The Sequence Listing written in file “Sequence Listing ascii.txt,” 92,160 bytes, created on Aug. 2, 2007, on two identical copies of compact discs for this application, Sette et al., HLA Binding Peptides and Their Uses, is herein incorporated by reference.
- The present invention relates to compositions and methods for preventing, treating or diagnosing a number of pathological states such as viral diseases and cancers. In particular, it provides novel peptides capable of binding selected major histocompatibility complex (MHC) molecules and inducing an immune response.
- MHC molecules are classified as either Class I or Class II molecules. Class II MHC molecules are expressed primarily on cells involved in initiating and sustaining immune responses, such as T lymphocytes, B lymphocytes, macrophages, etc. Class II MHC molecules are recognized by helper T lymphocytes and induce proliferation of helper T lymphocytes and amplification of the immune response to the particular immunogenic peptide that is displayed. Class I MHC molecules are expressed on almost all nucleated cells and are recognized by cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTLs), which then destroy the antigen-bearing cells. CTLs are particularly important in tumor rejection and in fighting viral infections.
- The CTL recognizes the antigen in the form of a peptide fragment bound to the MHC class I molecules rather than the intact foreign antigen itself. The antigen must normally be endogenously synthesized by the cell, and a portion of the protein antigen is degraded into small peptide fragments in the cytoplasm. Some of these small peptides translocate into a pre-Golgi compartment and interact with class I heavy chains to facilitate proper folding and association with the subunit β2 microglobulin. The peptide-MHC class I complex is then routed to the cell surface for expression and potential recognition by specific CTLs.
- Investigations of the crystal structure of the human MHC class I molecule, HLA-A2.1, indicate that a peptide binding groove is created by the folding of the α1 and α2 domains of the class I heavy chain (Bjorkman et al., Nature 329:506 (1987). In these investigations, however, the identity of peptides bound to the groove was not determined.
- Buus et al., Science 242:1065 (1988) first described a method for acid elution of bound peptides from MHC. Subsequently, Rammensee and his coworkers (Falk et al., Nature 351:290 (1991) have developed an approach to characterize naturally processed peptides bound to class I molecules. Other investigators have successfully achieved direct amino acid sequencing of the more abundant peptides in various HPLC fractions by conventional automated sequencing of peptides eluted from class I molecules of the B type (Jardetzky, et al., Nature 353:326 (1991) and of the A2.1 type by mass spectrometry (Hunt, et al., Science 225:1261 (1992). A review of the characterization of naturally processed peptides in MHC Class I has been presented by Rötzschke and Falk (Rötzschke and Falk, Immunol. Today 12:447 (1991).
- Sette et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3296 (1989) showed that MHC allele specific motifs could be used to predict MHC binding capacity. Schaeffer et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:4649 (1989) showed that MHC binding was related to immunogenicity. Several authors (De Bruijn et al., Eur. J. Immunol., 21:2963-2970 (1991); Pamer et al., 991 Nature 353:852-955 (1991)) have provided preliminary evidence that class I binding motifs can be applied to the identification of potential immunogenic peptides in animal models. Class I motifs specific for a number of human alleles of a given class I isotype have yet to be described. It is desirable that the combined frequencies of these different alleles should be high enough to cover a large fraction or perhaps the majority of the human outbred population.
- Despite the developments in the art, the prior art has yet to provide a useful human peptide-based vaccine or therapeutic agent based on this work. The present invention provides these and other advantages.
- The present invention provides compositions comprising immunogenic peptides having binding motifs for HLA-A2.1 molecules. The immunogenic peptides, which bind to the appropriate MHC allele, are preferably 9 to 10 residues in length and comprise conserved residues at certain positions such as positions 2 and 9. Moreover, the peptides do not comprise negative binding residues as defined herein at other positions such as positions 1, 3, 6 and/or 7 in the case of peptides 9 amino acids in length and positions 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 and/or 9 in the case of peptides 10 amino acids in length. The present invention defines positions within a motif enabling the selection of peptides which will bind efficiently to HLA A2.1.
- The motifs of the inventions include peptide of 9 amino acids which have a first conserved residue at the second position from the N-terminus selected from the group consisting of I, V, A and T and a second conserved residue at the C-terminal position selected from the group consisting of V, L, I, A and M. Alternatively, the peptide may have a first conserved residue at the second position from the N-terminus selected from the group consisting of L, M, I, V, A and T; and a second conserved residue at the C-terminal position selected from the group consisting of A and M. If the peptide has 10 residues it will contain a first conserved residue at the second position from the N-terminus selected from the group consisting of L, M, I, V, A, and T; and a second conserved residue at the C-terminal position selected from the group consisting of V, I, L, A and M; wherein the first and second conserved residues are separated by 7 residues.
- Epitopes on a number of immunogenic target proteins can be identified using the peptides of the invention. Examples of suitable antigens include prostate cancer specific antigen (PSA), prostate specific membrane antigen (PSM), hepatitis B core and surface antigens (HBVc, HBVs) hepatitis C antigens, Epstein-Barr virus antigens, human immunodeficiency type-1 virus (HIV1), Kaposi's sarcoma herpes virus (KSHV), human papilloma virus (HPV) antigens, Lassa virus, mycobacterium tuberculosis (MT), p53 and murine p53 (mp 53), CEA, trypanosome surface antigen (TSA), members of the tyrosinas related protein (TRP) families, and Her2/neu. The peptides are thus useful in pharmaceutical compositions for both in vivo and ex vivo therapeutic and diagnostic applications.
- The present invention also provides compositions comprising immunogenic peptides having binding motifs for MHC Class I molecules. The immunogenic peptides are typically between about 8 and about 11 residues and comprise conserved residues involved in binding proteins encoded by the appropriate MHC allele. A number of allele specific motifs have been identified.
- For instance, the motif for HLA-A3.2 comprises from the N-terminus to C-terminus a first conserved residue of L, M, I, V, S, A, T and F at position 2 and a second conserved residue of K, R or Y at the C-terminal end. Other first conserved residues are C, G or D and alternatively E. Other second conserved residues are H or F. The first and second conserved residues are preferably separated by 6 to 7 residues.
- The motif for HLA-A1 comprises from the N-terminus to the C-terminus a first conserved residue of T, S or M, a second conserved residue of D or E, and a third conserved residue of Y. Other second conserved residues are A, S or T. The first and second conserved residues are adjacent and are preferably separated from the third conserved residue by 6 to 7 residues. A second motif consists of a first conserved residue of E or D and a second conserved residue of Y where the first and second conserved residues are separated by 5 to 6 residues.
- The motif for HLA-A11 comprises from the N-terminus to the C-terminus a first conserved residue of T, V, M, L, I, S, A, G, N, C D, or F at position 2 and a C-terminal conserved residue of K, R, Y or H. The first and second conserved residues are preferably separated by 6 or 7 residues.
- The motif for HLA-A24.1 comprises from the N-terminus to the C-terminus a first conserved residue of Y, F or W at position 2 and a C terminal conserved residue of F, I, W, M or L. The first and second conserved residues are preferably separated by 6 to 7 residues.
- Epitopes on a number of potential target proteins can be identified in this manner. Examples of suitable antigens include prostate specific antigen (PSA), prostate specific membrane antigen (PSM), hepatitis B core and surface antigens (HBVc, HBVs) hepatitis C antigens, malignant melanoma antigen (MAGE-1) Epstein-Barr virus antigens, human immunodeficiency type-1 virus (HIV1), papilloma virus antigens, Lassa virus, mycobacterium tuberculosis (MT), p53 and murine p53 (mp 53), CEA, and Her2/neu, and members of the tyrosinase related protein (TRP) families. The peptides are thus useful in pharmaceutical compositions for both in vivo and ex vivo therapeutic and diagnostic applications.
- The present invention also provides compositions comprising immunogenic peptides having binding motifs for non-A HLA alleles. The immunogenic peptides are preferably about 9 to 10 residues in length and comprise conserved residues at certain positions such as proline at position 2 and an aromatic residue (e.g., Y, W, F) or hydrophobic residue (e.g., L, I, V, M, or A) at the carboxy terminus. In particular, an advantage of the peptides of the invention is their ability to bind to two or more different HLA alleles.
- Epitopes on a number of potential target proteins can be identified in this manner. Examples of suitable antigens include prostate specific antigen (PSA), hepatitis B core and surface antigens (HBVc, HBVs) hepatitis C antigens, malignant melanoma antigen (MAGE-1) Epstein-Barr virus antigens, human immunodeficiency type-1 virus (HIV1), papilloma virus antigens, Lassa virus, mycobacterium tuberculosis (MT), p53, CEA, and Her2/neu. The peptides are thus useful in pharmaceutical compositions for both in vivo and ex vivo therapeutic and diagnostic applications.
- The term “peptide” is used interchangeably with “oligopeptide” in the present specification to designate a series of residues, typically L-amino acids, connected one to the other typically by peptide bonds between the alpha-amino and carbonyl groups of adjacent amino acids. The oligopeptides; of the invention are less than about 15 residues in length and usually consist of between about 8 and about 11 residues, preferably 9 or 10 residues.
- An “immunogenic peptide” is a peptide which comprises an allele-specific motif such that the peptide will bind an MHC molecule and induce a CTL response. Immunogenic peptides of the invention are capable of binding to an appropriate HLA-A2.1 molecule and inducing a cytotoxic T cell response against the antigen from which the immunogenic peptide is derived.
- Immunogenic peptides are conveniently identified using the algorithms of the invention. The algorithms are mathematical procedures that produce a score which enables the selection of immunogenic peptides. Typically one uses the algorithmic score with a “binding threshold” to enable selection of peptides that have a high probability of binding at a certain affinity and will in turn be immunogenic. The algorithm is based upon either the effects on MHC binding of a particular amino acid at a particular position of a peptide or the effects on binding of a particular substitution in a motif containing peptide.
- A “conserved residue” is an amino acid which occurs in a significantly higher frequency than would be expected by random distribution at a particular position in a peptide. Typically a conserved residue is one where the MHC structure may provide a contact point with the immunogenic peptide. At least one to three or more, preferably two, conserved residues within a peptide of defined length defines a motif for an immunogenic peptide. These residues are typically in close contact with the peptide binding groove, with their side chains buried in specific pockets of the groove itself. Typically, an immunogenic peptide will comprise up to three conserved residues, more usually two conserved residues.
- As used herein, “negative binding residues” are amino acids which if present at certain positions (for example, positions 1, 3 and/or 7 of a 9-mer) will result in a peptide being a nonbinder or poor binder and in turn fail to be immunogenic i.e. induce a CTL response.
- The term “motif” refers to the pattern of residues in a peptide of defined length, usually about 8 to about 11 amino acids, which is recognized by a particular MHC allele. The peptide motifs are typically different for each human MHC allele and differ in the pattern of the highly conserved residues and negative residues.
- The binding motif for an allele can be defined with increasing degrees of precision. In one case, all of the conserved residues are present in the correct positions in a peptide and there are no negative residues in positions 1,3 and/or 7.
- The phrases “isolated” or “biologically pure” refer to material which is substantially or essentially free from components which normally accompany it as found in its native state. Thus, the peptides of this invention do not contain materials normally associated with their in situ environment, e.g., MHC I molecules on antigen presenting cells. Even where a protein has been isolated to a homogenous or dominant band, there are trace contaminants in the range of 5-10% of native protein which co-purify with the desired protein. Isolated peptides of this invention do not contain such endogenous co-purified protein.
- The term “residue” refers to an amino acid or amino acid mimetic incorporated in an oligopeptide by an amide bond or amide bond mimetic.
- The present invention relates to the determination of allele-specific peptide motifs for human Class I MHC (sometimes referred to as HLA) allele subtypes, in particular, peptide motifs recognized by HLA-A2.1 alleles. These motifs are then used to define T cell epitopes from any desired antigen, particularly those associated with human viral diseases, cancers or autoiummune diseases, for which the amino acid sequence of the potential antigen or autoantigen targets is known.
- Epitopes on a number of potential target proteins can be identified in this manner. Examples of suitable antigens include prostate specific antigen (PSA), hepatitis B core and surface antigens (HBVc, HBVs) hepatitis C antigens, Epstein-Barr virus antigens, melanoma antigens (e.g., MAGE-1), human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) antigens, human papilloma virus (HPV) antigens, Lassa virus, mycobacterium tuberculosis (MT), p53, CEA, trypanosome surface antigen (TSA) and Her2/neu.
- Peptides comprising the epitopes from these antigens are synthesized and then tested for their ability to bind to the appropriate MHC molecules in assays using, for example, purified class I molecules and radioiodonated peptides and/or cells expressing empty class I molecules by, for instance, immunofluorescent staining and flow microfluorometry, peptide-dependent class I assembly assays, and inhibition of CTL recognition by peptide competition. Those peptides that bind to the class I molecule are further evaluated for their ability to serve as targets for CTLs derived from infected or immunized individuals, as well as for their capacity to induce primary in vitro or in vivo CTL responses that can give rise to CTL populations capable of reacting with virally infected target cells or tumor cells as potential therapeutic agents.
- The MHC class I antigens are encoded by the HLA-A, B, and C loci. HLA-A and B antigens are expressed at the cell surface at approximately equal densities, whereas the expression of HLA-C is significantly lower (perhaps as much as 10-fold lower). Each of these loci have a number of alleles. The peptide binding motifs of the invention are relatively specific for each allelic subtype.
- For peptide-based vaccines, the peptides of the present invention preferably comprise a motif recognized by an MHC I molecule having a wide distribution in the human population. Since the MHC alleles occur at different frequencies within different ethnic groups and races, the choice of target MHC allele may depend upon the target population. Table 1 shows the frequency of various alleles at the HLA-A locus products among different races. For instance, the majority of the Caucasoid population can be covered by peptides which bind to four HLA-A allele subtypes, specifically HLA-A2.1, A1, A3.2, and A24.1. Similarly, the majority of the Asian population is encompassed with the addition of peptides binding to a fifth allele HLA-A11.2.
-
TABLE 1 A Allele/Subtype N(69)* A(54) C(502) A1 10.1(7) 1.8(1) 27.4(138) A2.1 11.5(8) 37.0(20) 39.8(199) A2.2 10.1(7) 0 3.3(17) A2.3 1.4(1) 5.5(3) 0.8(4) A2.4 — — — A2.5 — — — A3.1 1.4(1) 0 0.2(0) A3.2 5.7(4) 5.5(3) 21.5(108) A11.1 0 5.5(3) 0 A11.2 5.7(4) 31.4(17) 8.7(44) A11.3 0 3.7(2) 0 A23 4.3(3) — 3.9(20) A24 2.9(2) 27.7(15) 15.3(77) A24.2 — — — A24.3 — — — A25 1.4(1) — 6.9(35) A26.1 4.3(3) 9.2(5) 5.9(30) A26.2 7.2(5) — 1.0(5) A26V — 3.7(2) — A28.1 10.1(7) — 1.6(8) A28.2 1.4(1) — 7.5(38) A29.1 1.4(1) — 1.4(7) A29.2 10.1(7) 1.8(1) 5.3(27) A30.1 8.6(6) — 4.9(25) A30.2 1.4(1) — 0.2(1) A30.3 7.2(5) — 3.9(20) A31 4.3(3) 7.4(4) 6.9(35) A32 2.8(2) — 7.1(36) Aw33.1 8.6(6) — 2.5(13) Aw33.2 2.8(2) 16.6(9) 1.2(6) Aw34.1 1.4(1) — — Aw34.2 14.5(10) — 0.8(4) Aw36 5.9(4) — Table compiled from B. DuPont, Immunobiology of HLA, Vol. I, Histocompatibility Testing 1987, Springer-Verlag, New York 1989. *N—negroid; A = Asian; C = Caucasoid. Numbers in parenthesis represent the number of individuals included in the analysis. - The nomenclature used to describe peptide compounds follows the conventional practice wherein the amino group is presented to the left (the N-terminus) and the carboxyl group to the right (the C-terminus) of each amino acid residue. In the formulae representing selected specific embodiments of the present invention, the amino- and carboxyl-terminal groups, although not specifically shown, are in the form they would assume at physiologic pH values, unless otherwise specified. In the amino acid structure formulae, each residue is generally represented by standard three letter or single letter designations. The L-form of an amino acid residue is represented by a capital single letter or a capital first letter of a three-letter symbol, and the D-form for those amino acids having D-forms is represented by a lower case single letter or a lower case three letter symbol. Glycine has no asymmetric carbon atom and is simply referred to as “Gly” or G.
- The procedures used to identify peptides of the present invention generally follow the methods disclosed in Falk et al., Nature 351:290 (1991), which is incorporated herein by reference. Briefly, the methods involve large-scale isolation of MHC class I molecules, typically by immunoprecipitation or affinity chromatography, from the appropriate cell or cell line. Examples of other methods for isolation of the desired MHC molecule equally well known to the artisan include ion exchange chromatography, lectin chromatography, size exclusion, high performance ligand chromatography, and a combination of all of the above techniques.
- In the typical case, immunoprecipitation is used to isolate the desired allele. A number of protocols can be used, depending upon the specificity of the antibodies used. For example, allele-specific mAb reagents can be used for the affinity purification of the HLA-A, HLA-B1, and HLA-C molecules. Several mAb reagents for the isolation of HLA-A molecules are available. The monoclonal BB7.2 is suitable for isolating HLA-A2 molecules. Affinity columns prepared with these mAbs using standard techniques are successfully used to purify the respective HLA-A allele products.
- In addition to allele-specific mAbs, broadly reactive anti-HLA-A, B, C mAbs, such as W6/32 and B9.12.1, and one anti-HLA-B, C mAb, B1.23.2, could be used in alternative affinity purification protocols as described in previous applications.
- The peptides bound to the peptide binding groove of the isolated MHC molecules are eluted typically using acid treatment. Peptides can also be dissociated from class I molecules by a variety of standard denaturing means, such as heat, pH, detergents, salts, chaotropic agents, or a combination thereof.
- Peptide fractions are further separated from the MHC molecules by reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and sequenced. Peptides can be separated by a variety of other standard means well known to the artisan, including filtration, ultrafiltration, electrophoresis, size chromatography, precipitation with specific antibodies, ion exchange chromatography, isoelectrofocusing, and the like.
- Sequencing of the isolated peptides can be performed according to standard techniques such as Edman degradation (Hunkapiller, M. W., et al., Methods Enzymol. 91, 399 [1983]). Other methods suitable for sequencing include mass spectrometry sequencing of individual peptides as previously described (Hunt, et al., Science 225:1261 (1992), which is incorporated herein by reference). Amino acid sequencing of bulk heterogenous peptides (e.g., pooled HPLC fractions) from different class 1 molecules typically reveals a characteristic sequence motif for each class I allele.
- Definition of motifs specific for different class I alleles allows the identification of potential peptide epitopes from an antigenic protein whose amino acid sequence is known. Typically, identification of potential peptide epitopes is initially carried out using a computer to scan the amino acid sequence of a desired antigen for the presence of motifs. The epitopic sequences are then synthesized. The capacity to bind MHC Class molecules is measured in a variety of different ways. One means is a Class I molecule binding assay as described in the related applications, noted above. Other alternatives described in the literature include inhibition of antigen presentation (Sette, et al., J. Immunol. 141:3893 (1991), in vitro assembly assays (Townsend, et al., Cell 62:285 (1990), and FACS based assays using mutated cells, such as RMA.S (Melief, et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 21:2963 (1991)).
- Next, peptides that test positive in the MHC class I binding assay are assayed for the ability of the peptides to induce specific CTL responses in vitro. For instance, antigen-presenting cells that have been incubated with a peptide can be assayed for the ability to induce CTL responses in responder cell populations. Antigen-presenting cells can be normal cells such as peripheral blood mononuclear cells or dendritic cells (Inaba, et al., J. Exp. Med. 166:182 (1987); Boog, Eur. J. Immunol. 18:219 [1988]).
- Alternatively, mutant mammalian cell lines that are deficient in their ability to load class I molecules with internally processed peptides, such as the mouse cell lines RMA-S (Kärre, et al., Nature, 319:675 (1986); Ljunggren, et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 21:2963-2970 (1991)), and the human somatic T cell hybrid, T-2 (Cerundolo, et al., Nature 345:449-452 (1990)) and which have been transfected with the appropriate human class I genes are conveniently used, when peptide is added to them, to test for the capacity of the peptide to induce in vitro primary CTL responses. Other eukaryotic cell lines which could be used include various insect cell lines such as mosquito larvae (ATCC cell lines CCL 125, 126, 1660, 1591, 6585, 6586), silkworm (ATTC CRL 8851), armyworm (ATCC CRL 1711), moth (ATCC CCL 80) and Drosophila cell lines such as a Schneider cell line (see Schneider J. Embryol. Exp. Morphol. 27:353-365 [1927]).
- Peripheral blood lymphocytes are conveniently isolated following simple venipuncture or leukapheresis of normal donors or patients and used as the responder cell sources of CTL precursors. In one embodiment, the appropriate antigen-presenting cells are incubated with 10-100 μM of peptide in serum-free media for 4 hours under appropriate culture conditions. The peptide-loaded antigen-presenting cells are then incubated with the responder cell populations in vitro for 7 to 10 days under optimized culture conditions. Positive CTL activation can be determined by assaying the cultures for the presence of CTLs that kill radiolabeled target cells, both specific peptide-pulsed targets as well as target cells expressing the endogenously processed form of the relevant virus or tumor antigen from which the peptide sequence was derived.
- Specificity and MHC restriction of the CTL is determined by testing against different peptide target cells expressing appropriate or inappropriate human MHC class I. The peptides that test positive in the MHC binding assays and give rise to specific CTL responses are referred to herein as immunogenic peptides.
- The immunogenic peptides can be prepared synthetically, or by recombinant DNA technology or from natural sources such as whole viruses or tumors. Although the peptide will preferably be substantially free of other naturally occurring host cell proteins and fragments thereof, in some embodiments the peptides can be synthetically conjugated to native fragments or particles.
- The polypeptides or peptides can be a variety of lengths, either in their neutral (uncharged) forms or in forms which are salts, and either free of modifications such as glycosylation, side chain oxidation, or phosphorylation or containing these modifications, subject to the condition that the modification not destroy the biological activity of the polypeptides as herein described.
- Desirably, the peptide will be as small as possible while still maintaining substantially all of the biological activity of the large peptide. When possible, it may be desirable to optimize peptides of the invention to a length of 9 or 10 amino acid residues, commensurate in size with endogenously processed viral peptides or tumor cell peptides that are bound to MHC class I molecules on the cell surface.
- Peptides having the desired activity may be modified as necessary to provide certain desired attributes, e.g., improved pharmacological characteristics, while increasing or at least retaining substantially all of the biological activity of the unmodified peptide to bind the desired MHC molecule and activate the appropriate T cell. For instance, the peptides may be subject to various changes, such as substitutions, either conservative or non-conservative, where such changes might provide for certain advantages in their use, such as improved MHC binding. By conservative substitutions is meant replacing an amino acid residue with another which is biologically and/or chemically similar, e.g., one hydrophobic residue for another, or one polar residue for another. The substitutions include combinations such as Gly, Ala; Val, Ile, Leu, Met; Asp, Glu; Asn, Gln; Ser, Thr; Lys, Arg; and Phe, Tyr. The effect of single amino acid substitutions may also be probed using D-amino acids. Such modifications may be made using well known peptide synthesis procedures, as described in e.g., Merrifield, Science 232:341-347 (1986), Barany and Merrifield, The Peptides, Gross and Meienhofer, eds. (N.Y., Academic Press), pp. 1-284 (1979); and Stewart and Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, (Rockford, Ill., Pierce), 2d Ed. (1984), incorporated by reference herein.
- The peptides can also be modified by extending or decreasing the compound's amino acid sequence, e.g., by the addition or deletion of amino acids. The peptides or analogs of the invention can also be modified by altering the order or composition of certain residues, it being readily appreciated that certain amino acid residues essential for biological activity, e.g., those at critical contact sites or conserved residues, may generally not be altered without an adverse effect on biological activity. The non-critical amino acids need not be limited to those naturally occurring in proteins, such as L-α-amino acids, or their D-isomers, but may include non-natural amino acids as well, such as β-γ-δ-amino acids, as well as many derivatives of L-α-amino acids.
- Typically, a series of peptides with single amino acid substitutions are employed to determine the effect of electrostatic charge, hydrophobicity, etc. on binding. For instance, a series of positively charged (e.g., Lys or Arg) or negatively charged (e.g., Glu) amino acid substitutions are made along the length of the peptide revealing different patterns of sensitivity towards various MHC molecules and T cell receptors. In addition, multiple substitutions using small, relatively neutral moieties such as Ala, Gly, Pro, or similar residues may be employed. The substitutions may be homo-oligomers or hetero-oligomers. The number and types of residues which are substituted or added depend on the spacing necessary between essential contact points and certain functional attributes which are sought (e.g., hydrophobicity versus hydrophilicity). Increased binding affinity for an MHC molecule or T cell receptor may also be achieved by such substitutions, compared to the affinity of the parent peptide. In any event, such substitutions should employ amino acid residues or other molecular fragments chosen to avoid, for example, steric and charge interference which might disrupt binding.
- Amino acid substitutions are typically of single residues. Substitutions, deletions, insertions or any combination thereof may be combined to arrive at a final peptide. Substitutional variants are those in which at least one residue of a peptide has been removed and a different residue inserted in its place. Such substitutions generally are made in accordance with the following Table 2 when it is desired to finely modulate the characteristics of the peptide.
-
TABLE 2 Original Residue Exemplary Substitution Ala Ser Arg Lys, His Asn Gln Asp Glu Cys Ser Gln Asn Glu Asp Gly Pro His Lys; Arg Ile Leu; Val Leu Ile; Val Lys Arg; His Met Leu; Ile Phe Tyr; Trp Ser Thr Thr Ser Trp Tyr; Phe Tyr Trp; Phe Val Ile; Leu Pro Gly - Substantial changes in function (e.g., affinity for MHC molecules or T cell receptors) are made by selecting substitutions that are less conservative than those in Table 2, i.e., selecting residues that differ more significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the peptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site or (c) the bulk of the side chain. The substitutions which in general are expected to produce the greatest changes in peptide properties will be those in which (a) hydrophilic residue, e.g. seryl, is substituted for (or by) a hydrophobic residue, e.g. leucyl, isoleucyl, phenylalanyl, valyl or alanyl; (b) a residue having an electropositive side chain, e.g., lysl, arginyl, or histidyl, is substituted for (or by) an electronegative residue, e.g. glutamyl or aspartyl; or (c) a residue having a bulky side chain, e.g. phenylalanine, is substituted for (or by) one not having a side chain, e.g., glycine.
- The peptides may also comprise isosteres of two or more residues in the immunogenic peptide. An isostere as defined here is a sequence of two or more residues that can be substituted for a second sequence because the steric conformation of the first sequence fits a binding site specific for the second sequence. The term specifically includes peptide backbone modifications well known to those skilled in the art. Such modifications include modifications of the amide nitrogen, the α-carbon, amide carbonyl, complete replacement of the amide bond, extensions, deletions or backbone crosslinks. See, generally, Spatola, Chemistry and Biochemistry of Amino Acids, peptides and Proteins, Vol. VII (Weinstein ed., 1983).
- Modifications of peptides with various amino acid mimetics or unnatural amino acids are particularly useful in increasing the stability of the peptide in vivo. Stability can be assayed in a number of ways. For instance, peptidases and various biological media, such as human plasma and serum, have been used to test stability. See, e.g., Verhoef et al., Eur. J. Drug Metab. Pharmacokin. 11:291-302 (1986). Half life of the peptides of the present invention is conveniently determined using a 25% human serum (v/v) assay. The protocol is generally as follows. Pooled human serum (Type AB, non-heat inactivated) is delipidated by centrifugation before use. The serum is then diluted to 25% with RPMI tissue culture media and used to test peptide stability. At predetermined time intervals a small amount of reaction solution is removed and added to either 6% aqueous trichloracetic acid or ethanol. The cloudy reaction sample is cooled (4° C.) for 15 minutes and then spun to pellet the precipitated serum proteins. The presence of the peptides is then determined by reversed-phase HPLC using stability-specific chromatography conditions.
- The peptides of the present invention or analogs thereof which have CTL stimulating activity may be modified to provide desired attributes other than improved serum half life. For instance, the ability of the peptides to induce CTL activity can be enhanced by linkage to a sequence which contains at least one epitope that is capable of inducing a T helper cell response. Particularly preferred immunogenic peptides/T helper conjugates are linked by a spacer molecule. The spacer is typically comprised of relatively small, neutral molecules, such as amino acids or amino acid mimetics, which are substantially uncharged under physiological conditions. The spacers are typically selected from, e.g., Ala, Gly, or other neutral spacers of nonpolar amino acids or neutral polar amino acids. It will be understood that the optionally present spacer need not be comprised of the same residues and thus may be a hetero- or homo-oligomer. When present, the spacer will usually be at least one or two residues, more usually three to six residues. Alternatively, the CTL peptide may be linked to the T helper peptide without a spacer.
- The immunogenic peptide may be linked to the T helper peptide either directly or via a spacer either at the amino or carboxy terminus of the CTL peptide. The amino terminus of either the immunogenic peptide or the T helper peptide may be acylated. Exemplary T helper peptides include tetanus toxoid 830-843, influenza 307-319, malaria circumsporozoite 382-398 and 378-389.
- In some embodiments it may be desirable to include in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention at least one component which primes CTL. Lipids have been identified as agents capable of priming CTL in vivo against viral antigens. For example, palmitic acid residues can be attached to the alpha and epsilon amino groups of a Lys residue and then linked, e.g., via one or more linking residues such as Gly, Gly-Gly-, Ser, Ser-Ser, or the like, to an immunogenic peptide. The lipidated peptide can then be injected directly in a micellar form, incorporated into a liposome or emulsified in an adjuvant, e.g., incomplete Freund's adjuvant. In a preferred embodiment a particularly effective immunogen comprises palmitic acid attached to alpha and epsilon amino groups of Lys, which is attached via linkage, e.g., Ser-Ser, to the amino terminus of the immunogenic peptide.
- As another example of lipid priming of CTL responses, E. coli lipoproteins, such as tripalmitoyl-S-glycerylcysteinlyseryl-serine (P3CSS) can be used to prime virus specific CTL when covalently attached to an appropriate peptide. See, Deres et al., Nature 342:561-564 (1989), incorporated herein by reference. Peptides of the invention can be coupled to P3CSS, for example, and the lipopeptide administered to an individual to specifically prime a CTL response to the target antigen. Further, as the induction of neutralizing antibodies can also be primed with P3CSS conjugated to a peptide which displays an appropriate epitope, the two compositions can be combined to more effectively elicit both humoral and cell-mediated responses to infection.
- In addition, additional amino acids can be added to the termini of a peptide to provide for ease of linking peptides one 1.0 another, for coupling to a carrier support, or larger peptide, for modifying the physical or chemical properties of the peptide or oligopeptide, or the like. Amino acids such as tyrosine, cysteine, lysine, glutamic or aspartic acid, or the like, can be introduced at the C- or N-terminus of the peptide or oligopeptide. Modification at the C terminus in some cases may alter binding characteristics of the peptide. In addition, the peptide or oligopeptide sequences can differ from the natural sequence by being modified by terminal-NH2 acylation, e.g., by alkanoyl (C1-C20) or thioglycolyl acetylation, terminal-carboxyl amidation, e.g., ammonia, methylamine, etc. In some instances these modifications may provide sites for linking to a support or other molecule.
- The peptides of the invention can be prepared in a wide variety of ways. Because of their relatively short size, the peptides can be synthesized in solution or on a solid support in accordance with conventional techniques. Various automatic synthesizers are commercially available and can be used in accordance with known protocols. See, for example, Stewart and Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2d. ed., Pierce Chemical Co. (1984), supra.
- Alternatively, recombinant DNA technology may be employed wherein a nucleotide sequence which encodes an immunogenic peptide of interest is inserted into an expression vector, transformed or transfected into an appropriate host cell and cultivated under conditions suitable for expression. These procedures are generally known in the art, as described generally in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1982), which is incorporated herein by reference. Thus, fusion proteins which comprise one or more peptide sequences of the invention can be used to present the appropriate T cell epitope.
- As the coding sequence for peptides of the length contemplated herein can be synthesized by chemical techniques, for example, the phosphotriester method of Matteucci et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 103:3185 (1981), modification can be made simply by substituting the appropriate base(s) for those encoding the native peptide sequence. The coding sequence can then be provided with appropriate linkers and ligated into expression vectors commonly available in the art, and the vectors used to transform suitable hosts to produce the desired fusion protein. A number of such vectors and suitable host systems are now available. For expression of the fusion proteins, the coding sequence will be provided with operably linked start and stop codons, promoter and terminator regions and usually a replication system to provide an expression vector for expression in the desired cellular host. For example, promoter sequences compatible with bacterial hosts are provided in plasmids containing convenient restriction sites for insertion of the desired coding sequence. The resulting expression vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts. Of course, yeast or mammalian cell hosts may also be used, employing suitable vectors and control sequences.
- The peptides of the present invention and pharmaceutical and vaccine compositions thereof are useful for administration to mammals, particularly humans, to treat and/or prevent viral infection and cancer. Examples of diseases which can be treated using the immunogenic peptides of the invention include prostate cancer, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, AIDS, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, lymphoma, CMV and condlyloma acuminatum.
- For pharmaceutical compositions, the immunogenic peptides of the invention are administered to an individual already suffering from cancer or infected with the virus of interest. Those in the incubation phase or the acute phase of infection can be treated with the immunogenic peptides separately or in conjunction with other treatments, as appropriate. In therapeutic applications, compositions are administered to a patient in an amount sufficient to elicit an effective CTL response to the virus or tumor antigen and to cure or at least partially arrest symptoms and/or complications. An amount adequate to accomplish this is defined as “therapeutically effective dose.” Amounts effective for this use will depend on, e.g., the peptide composition, the manner of administration, the stage and severity of the disease being treated, the weight and general state of health of the patient, and the judgment of the prescribing physician, but generally range for the initial immunization (that is for therapeutic or prophylactic administration) from about 1.0 μg to about 5000 μg of peptide for a 70 kg patient, followed by boosting dosages of from about 1.0 μg to about 1000 μg of peptide pursuant to a boosting regimen over weeks to months depending upon the patient's response and condition by measuring specific CTL activity in the patient's blood. It must be kept in mind that the peptides and compositions of the present invention may generally be employed in serious disease states, that is, life-threatening or potentially life threatening, situations. In such cases, in view of the minimization of extraneous substances and the relative nontoxic nature of the peptides, it is possible and may be felt desirable by the treating physician to administer substantial excesses of these peptide compositions.
- For therapeutic use, administration should begin at the first sign of viral infection or the detection or surgical removal of tumors or shortly after diagnosis in the case of acute infection. This is followed by boosting doses until at least symptoms are substantially abated and for a period thereafter. In chronic infection, loading doses followed by boosting doses may be required.
- Treatment of an infected individual with the compositions of the invention may hasten resolution of the infection in acutely infected individuals. For those individuals susceptible (or predisposed) to developing chronic infection the compositions are particularly useful in methods for preventing the evolution from acute to chronic infection. Where the susceptible individuals are identified prior to or during infection, for instance, as described herein, the composition can be targeted to them, minimizing need for administration to a larger population.
- The peptide compositions can also be used for the treatment of chronic infection and to stimulate the immune system to eliminate virus-infected cells in carriers. It is important to provide an amount of immuno-potentiating peptide in a formulation and mode of administration sufficient to effectively stimulate a cytotoxic T cell response. Thus, for treatment of chronic infection, a representative dose is in the range of about 1.0 μg to about 5000 μg, preferably about 5 μg to 1000 μg for a 70 kg patient per dose. Immunizing doses followed by boosting doses at established intervals, e.g., from one to four weeks, may be required, possibly for a prolonged period of time to effectively immunize an individual. In the case of chronic infection, administration should continue until at least clinical symptoms or laboratory tests indicate that the viral infection has been eliminated or substantially abated and for a period thereafter.
- The pharmaceutical compositions for therapeutic treatment are intended for parenteral, topical, oral or local administration. Preferably, the pharmaceutical compositions are administered parenterally, e.g., intravenously, subcutaneously, intradermally, or intramuscularly. Thus, the invention provides compositions for parenteral administration which comprise a solution of the immunogenic peptides dissolved or suspended in an acceptable carrier, preferably an aqueous carrier. A variety of aqueous carriers may be used, e.g., water, buffered water, 0.8% saline, 0.3% glycine, hyaluronic acid and the like. These compositions may be sterilized by conventional, well known sterilization techniques, or may be sterile filtered. The resulting aqueous solutions may be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized, the lyophilized preparation being combined with a sterile solution prior to administration. The compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions, such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, wetting agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium lactate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
- The concentration of CTL stimulatory peptides of the invention in the pharmaceutical formulations can vary widely, i.e., from less than about 0.1%, usually at or at least about 2% to as much as 20% to 50% or more by weight, and will be selected primarily by fluid volumes, viscosities, etc., in accordance with the particular mode of administration selected.
- The peptides of the invention may also be administered via liposomes, which serve to target the peptides to a particular tissue, such as lymphoid tissue, or targeted selectively to infected cells, as well as increase the half-life of the peptide composition. Liposomes include emulsions, foams, micelles, insoluble monolayers, liquid crystals, phospholipid dispersions, lamellar layers and the like. In these preparations the peptide to be delivered is incorporated as part of a liposome, alone or in conjunction with a molecule which binds to, e.g., a receptor prevalent among lymphoid cells, such as monoclonal antibodies which bind to the CD45 antigen, or with other therapeutic or immunogenic compositions. Thus, liposomes either filled or decorated with a desired peptide of the invention can be directed to the site of lymphoid cells, where the liposomes then deliver the selected therapeutic/immunogenic peptide compositions. Liposomes for use in the invention are formed from standard vesicle-forming lipids, which generally include neutral and negatively charged phospholipids and a sterol, such as cholesterol. The selection of lipids is generally guided by consideration of, e.g., liposome size, acid lability and stability of the liposomes in the blood stream. A variety of methods are available for preparing liposomes, as described in, e.g., Szoka et al., Ann. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng. 9:467 (1980), U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,235,871, 4,501,728, 4,837,028, and 5,019,369, incorporated herein by reference.
- For targeting to the immune cells, a ligand to be incorporated into the liposome can include, e.g., antibodies or fragments thereof specific for cell surface determinants of the desired immune system cells. A liposome suspension containing a peptide may be administered intravenously, locally, topically, etc. in a dose which varies according to, inter alia, the manner of administration, the peptide being delivered, and the stage of the disease being treated.
- For solid compositions, conventional nontoxic solid carriers may be used which include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talcum, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like. For oral administration, a pharmaceutically acceptable nontoxic composition is formed by incorporating any of the normally employed excipients, such as those carriers previously listed, and generally 10-95% of active ingredient, that is, one or more peptides of the invention, and more preferably at a concentration of 25%-75%.
- For aerosol administration, the immunogenic peptides are preferably supplied in finely divided form along with a surfactant and propellant. Typical percentages of peptides are 0.01%-20% by weight, preferably 1%-10%. The surfactant must, of course, be nontoxic, and preferably soluble in the propellant. Representative of such agents are the esters or partial esters of fatty acids containing from 6 to 22 carbon atoms, such as caproic, octanoic, lauric, palmitic, stearic, linoleic, linolenic, olesteric and oleic acids with an aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or its cyclic anhydride. Mixed esters, such as mixed or natural glycerides may be employed. The surfactant may constitute 0.1%-20% by weight of the composition, preferably 0.25-5%. The balance of the composition is ordinarily propellant. A carrier can also be included, as desired, as with, e.g., lecithin for intranasal delivery.
- In another aspect the present invention is directed to vaccines which contain as an active ingredient an immunogenically effective amount of an immunogenic peptide as described herein. The peptide(s) may be introduced into a host, including humans, linked to its own carrier or as a homopolymer or heteropolymer of active peptide units. Such a polymer has the advantage of increased immunological reaction and, where different peptides are used to make up the polymer, the additional ability to induce antibodies and/or CTLs that react with different antigenic determinants of the virus or tumor cells. Useful carriers are well known in the art, and include, e.g., thyroglobulin, albumins such as human serum albumin, tetanus toxoid, polyamino acids such as poly(lysine:glutamic acid), influenza, hepatitis B virus core protein, hepatitis B virus recombinant vaccine and the like. The vaccines can also contain a physiologically tolerable (acceptable) diluent such as water, phosphate buffered saline, or saline, and further typically include an adjuvant. Adjuvants such as incomplete Freund's adjuvant, aluminum phosphate, aluminum hydroxide, or alum are materials well known in the art. And, as mentioned above, CTL responses can be primed by conjugating peptides of the invention to lipids, such as P3CSS. Upon immunization with a peptide composition as described herein, via injection, aerosol, oral, transdermal or other route, the immune system of the host responds to the vaccine by producing large amounts of CTLs specific for the desired antigen, and the host becomes at least partially immune to later infection, or resistant to developing chronic infection.
- Vaccine compositions containing the peptides of the invention are administered to a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of viral infection or cancer to elicit an immune response against the antigen and thus enhance the patient's own immune response capabilities. Such an amount is defined to be an “immunogenically effective dose.” In this use, the precise amounts again depend on the patient's state of health and weight, the mode of administration, the nature of the formulation, etc., but generally range from about 1.0 μg to about 5000 μg per 70 kilogram patient, more commonly from about 10 μg to about 500 μg mg per 70 kg of body weight.
- In some instances it may be desirable to combine the peptide vaccines of the invention with vaccines which induce neutralizing antibody responses to the virus of interest, particularly to viral envelope antigens.
- For therapeutic or immunization purposes, nucleic acids encoding one or more of the peptides of the invention can also be administered to the patient. A number of methods are conveniently used to deliver the nucleic acids to the patient. For instance, the nulceic acid can be delivered directly, as “naked DNA”. This approach is described, for instance, in Wolff et. al., Science 247: 1465-1468 (1990) as well as U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,580,859 and 5,589,466. The nucleic acids can also be administered using ballistic delivery as described, for instance, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,204,253. Particles comprised solely of DNA can be administered. Alternatively, DNA can be adhered to particles, such as gold particles. The nucleic acids can also be delivered complexed to cationic compounds, such as cationic lipids. Lipid-mediated gene delivery methods are described, for instance, in WO 96/18372; WO 93/24640; Mannino and Gould-Fogerite (1988) BioTechniques 6(7): 682-691; Rose U.S. Pat. No. 5,279,833; WO 91/06309; and Felgner et al. (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84: 7413-7414. The peptides of the invention can also be expressed by attenuated viral hosts, such as vaccinia or fowlpox. This approach involves the use of vaccinia virus as a vector to express nucleotide sequences that encode the peptides of the invention. Upon introduction into an acutely or chronically infected host or into a noninfected host, the recombinant vaccinia virus expresses the immunogenic peptide, and thereby elicits a host CTL response. Vaccinia vectors and methods useful in immunization protocols are described in, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,722,848, incorporated herein by reference. Another vector is BCG (Bacille Calmette Guerin). BCG vectors are described in Stover et al. (Nature 351:456-460 (1991)) which is incorporated herein by reference. A wide variety of other vectors useful for therapeutic administration or immunization of the peptides of the invention, e.g., Salmonella typhi vectors and the like, will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the description herein.
- A preferred means of administering nucleic acids encoding the peptides of the invention uses minigene constructs encoding multiple epitopes of the invention. To create a DNA sequence encoding the selected CTL epitopes (minigene) for expression in human cells, the amino acid sequences of the epitopes are reverse translated. A human codon usage table is used to guide the codon choice for each amino acid. These epitope-encoding DNA sequences are directly adjoined, creating a continuous polypeptide sequence. To optimize expression and/or immunogenicity, additional elements can be incorporated into the minigene design. Examples of amino acid sequence that could be reverse translated and included in the minigene sequence include: helper T lymphocyte epitopes, a leader (signal) sequence, and an endoplasmic reticulum retention signal. In addition, MHC presentation of CTL epitopes may be improved by including synthetic (e.g. poly-alanine) or naturally-occurring flanking sequences adjacent to the CTL epitopes.
- The minigene sequence is converted to DNA by assembling oligonucleotides that encode the plus and minus strands of the minigene. Overlapping oligonucleotides (30-100 bases long) are synthesized, phosphorylated, purified and annealed under appropriate conditions using well known techniques. The ends of the oligonucleotides are joined using T4 DNA ligase. This synthetic minigene, encoding the CTL epitope polypeptide, can then cloned into a desired expression vector.
- Standard regulatory sequences well known to those of skill in the art are included in the vector to ensure expression in the target cells. Several vector elements are required: a promoter with a down-stream cloning site for minigene insertion; a polyadenylation signal for efficient transcription termination; an E. coli origin of replication; and an E. coli selectable marker (e.g. ampicillin or kanamycin resistance). Numerous promoters can be used for this purpose, e.g., the human cytomegalovirus (hCMV) promoter. See, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,580,859 and 5,589,466 for other suitable promoter sequences.
- Additional vector modifications may be desired to optimize minigene expression and immunogenicity. In some cases, introns are required for efficient gene expression, and one or more synthetic or naturally-occurring introns could be incorporated into the transcribed region of the minigene. The inclusion of mRNA stabilization sequences can also be considered for increasing minigene expression. It has recently been proposed that immunostimulatory sequences (ISSs or CpGs) play a role in the immunogenicity of DNA vaccines. These sequences could be included in the vector, outside the minigene coding sequence, if found to enhance immunogenicity.
- In some embodiments, a bioistronic expression vector, to allow production of the minigene-encoded epitopes and a second protein included to enhance or decrease immunogenicity can be used. Examples of proteins or polypeptides that could beneficially enhance the immune response if co-expressed include cytokines (e.g., IL2, IL12, GM-CSF), cytokine-inducing molecules (e.g. LeIF) or costimulatory molecules. Helper (HTL) epitopes could be joined to intracellular targeting signals and expressed separately from the CTL epitopes. This would allow direction of the HTL epitopes to a cell compartment different than the CTL epitopes. If required, this could facilitate more efficient entry of HTL epitopes into the MHC class II pathway, thereby improving CTL induction. In contrast to CTL induction, specifically decreasing the immune response by co-expression of immunosuppressive molecules (e.g. TGF-β) may be beneficial in certain diseases.
- Once an expression vector is selected, the minigene is cloned into the polylinker region downstream of the promoter. This plasmid is transformed into an appropriate E. coli strain, and DNA is prepared using standard techniques. The orientation and DNA sequence of the minigene, as well as all other elements included in the vector, are confirmed using restriction mapping and DNA sequence analysis. Bacterial cells harboring the correct plasmid can be stored as a master cell bank and a working cell bank.
- Therapeutic quantities of plasmid DNA are produced by fermentation in E. coli, followed by purification. Aliquots from the working cell bank are used to inoculate fermentation medium (such as Terrific Broth), and grown to saturation in shaker flasks or a bioreactor according to well known techniques. Plasmid DNA can be purified using standard bioseparation technologies such as solid phase anion-exchange resins supplied by Quiagen. If required, supercoiled DNA can be isolated from the open circular and linear forms using gel electrophoresis or other methods.
- Purified plasmid DNA can be prepared for injection using a variety of formulations. The simplest of these is reconstitution of lyophilized DNA in sterile phosphate-buffer saline (PBS). A variety of methods have been described, and new techniques may become available. As noted above, nucleic acids are conveniently formulated with cationic lipids. In addition, glycolipids, fusogenic liposomes, peptides and compounds referred to collectively as protective, interactive, non-condensing (PINC) could also be complexed to purified plasmid DNA to influence variables such as stability, intramuscular dispersion, or trafficking to specific organs or cell types.
- Target cell sensitization can be used as a functional assay for expression and MHC class I presentation of minigene-encoded CTL epitopes. The plasmid DNA is introduced into a mammalian cell line that is suitable as a target for standard CTL chromium release assays. The transfection method used will be dependent on the final formulation. Electroporation can be used for “naked” DNA, whereas cationic lipids allow direct in vitro transfection. A plasmid expressing green fluorescent protein (GFP) can be co-transfected to allow enrichment of transfected cells using fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). These cells are then chromium-51 labeled and used as target cells for epitope-specific CTL lines. Cytolysis, detected by 51Cr release, indicates production of MHC presentation of minigene-encoded CTL epitopes.
- In vivo immunogenicity is a second approach for functional testing of minigene DNA formulations. Transgenic mice expressing appropriate human MHC molecules are immunized with the DNA product. The dose and route of administration are formulation dependent (e.g. IM for DNA in PBS, IP for lipid-complexed DNA). Twenty-one days after immunization, splenocytes are harvested and restimulated for 1 week in the presence of peptides encoding each epitope being tested. These effector cells (CTLs) are assayed for cytolysis of peptide-loaded, chromiurn-51 labeled target cells using standard techniques. Lysis of target cells sensitized by MHC loading of peptides corresponding to minigene-encoded epitopes demonstrates DNA vaccine function for in vivo induction of CTLs.
- Antigenic peptides may be used to elicit CTL ex vivo, as well. The resulting CTL, can be used to treat chronic infections (viral or bacterial) or tumors in patients that do not respond to other conventional forms of therapy, or will not respond to a peptide vaccine approach of therapy. Ex vivo CTL responses to a particular pathogen (infectious agent or tumor antigen) are induced by incubating in tissue culture the patient's CTL precursor cells (CTLp) together with a source of antigen-presenting cells (APC) and the appropriate immunogenic peptide. After an appropriate incubation time (typically 1-4 weeks), in which the CTLp are activated and mature and expand into effector CTL, the cells are infused back into the patient, where they will destroy their specific target cell (an infected cell or a tumor cell).
- The peptides may also find use as diagnostic reagents. For example, a peptide of the invention may be used to determine the susceptibility of a particular individual to a treatment regimen which employs the peptide or related peptides, and thus may be helpful in modifying an existing treatment protocol or in determining a prognosis for an affected individual. In addition, the peptides may also be used to predict which individuals will be at substantial risk for developing chronic infection.
- The following example is offered by way of illustration, not by way of limitation.
- Class I antigen isolation was carried out as described in the related applications, noted above. Naturally processed peptides were then isolated and sequenced as described there. An allele-specific motif and algorithms were determined and quantitative binding assays were carried out.
- Using the motifs identified above for the HLA-A2.1 allele amino acid sequences from a number of antigens were analyzed for the presence of these motifs. Table 3 provides the results of these searches. The letter “J” represents norleucine.
- The above examples are provided to illustrate the invention but not to limit its scope. Other variants of the invention will be readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art and are encompassed by the appended claims. All publications, patents, and patent applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference.
-
TABLE 3 Peptide AA Sequence Source A*0201 SEQ ID NO: 17.0317 9 LQIGNIISI Flu.24 0.0130 1 38.0103 9 NLSLSCHAA CEA.432 0.0110 2 1233.11 9 YLSGANLNV CEA.605V9 0.0690 3 1295.03 9 SMPPPGTRV p53.149M2 0.0290 4 1295.04 9 SLPPPGTRV p53.149L2 0.0410 5 1317.24 9 KTCPVQLWV p53.139 0.0069 6 1323.02 9 KLLPENNVV p53.24V9 0.0130 7 1323.04 9 ALNKMFBQV p53.129B7V9 0.0260 8 1323.06 9 KLBPVQLWV p53.139L2B3 0.1100 9 1323.08 9 BLTIHYNYV p53.229B1L2V9 0.0430 10 1323.18 10 LLPPQHLIRV p53.188L2 0.0061 11 1323.29 11 YMCNSSCMGGM p53.236 0.0075 12 1323.31 11 YLCNSSCMGGV p53.236L2V11 0.2300 13 1323.34 11 KLYQGSYGFRV p53.101L2V11 0.0620 14 1324.07 9 CQLAKTCPV p53.135 0.0240 15 1325.01 9 RLPEAAPPV p53.65L2 0.0640 16 1325.02 9 GLAPPQHLV p53.187V9 0.0130 17 1325.04 9 KMAELVHFL MAGE3.112M2 0.2100 18 1325.05 9 KLAELVHFL MAGE3.112L2 0.2500 19 1326.01 9 CLLAKTCPV p53.135L2 0.0400 20 1326.02 9 KLSQHMTEV p53.164L2 0.0410 21 1326.04 9 ELAPVVAPV p53.68L2V9 0.0860 22 1326.06 10 QLAKTCPVQV p53.136 0.0320 23 1326.08 9 HLTEVVRRV p53.168L2 0.0180 24 1329.01 11 KTYQGSYGFRL 0.0028 25 1329.03 10 VVVPYEPPEV p53.216 0.0081 26 1329.14 9 BQLAKTBPV p53.135B1B7 0.0490 27 1329.15 9 BLLAKTBPV p53.135B1L2B7 0.1100 28 1330.01 9 QIIGYVIGT CEA.78 0.0160 29 1330.02 9 QLIGYVIGV CEA.78L2V9 0.5300 30 1330.05 9 YVCGIQNSV CEA.569 0.0510 31 1330.06 9 YLCGIQNSV CEA.569L2 0.1000 32 1330.07 9 ATVGIMIGV CEA.687 0.1400 33 1330.08 9 ALVGIMIGV CEA.687L2 0.5000 34 1330.09 10 VLYGPDDPTI CEA.411 0.0170 35 1330.10 10 VLYGPDDPTV CEA.411V10 0.0310 36 1331.02 9 DLMLSPDDV p53.42V9 37 1331.03 9 ALMLSPDDI p53.42A1 38 1331.04 9 ALMLSPDDV p53.42A1V9 39 1331.05 9 DLMLSPADI p53.42A7 40 1331.06 9 DLMLSPADV p53.42A7V9 41 1331.07 9 DLMLSPDAI p53.42A8 42 1331.08 9 DLMLSPDAV p53.42A8V9 43 38.0007 9 AILTFGSFV KSHV.89 0.0850 44 38.0009 9 HLRDFALAV KSHV.106 0.0183 45 38.0015 9 ALLGSIALL KSHV.155 0.0470 46 38.0018 9 ALLATILAA KSHV.161 0.0490 47 38.0019 9 LLATILAAV KSHV.162 0.1600 48 38.0022 9 RLFADELAA KSHV.14 0.0150 49 38.0024 9 YLSKCTLAV KSHV.65 0.2000 50 38.0026 9 LVYHIYSKI KSHV.153 0.0457 51 38.0029 9 SMYLCILSA KSHV.208 0.0250 52 38.0030 9 YLCILSALV KSHV.210 0.3500 53 38.0033 9 VMFSYLQSL KSHV.268 0.5000 54 38.0035 9 RLHVYAYSA KSHV.285 0.0270 55 38.0039 9 GLQTLGAFV KSHV.98 0.0110 56 38.0040 9 FVEEQMTWA KSHV.105 0.0380 57 38.0041 9 QMTWAQTVV KSHV.109 0.0110 58 38.0042 9 IILDTAIFV KSHV.130 0.6800 59 38.0043 9 AIFVCNAFV KSHV.135 0.0910 60 38.0046 9 AMGNRLVEA KSHV.172 0.0200 61 38.0047 9 RLVEACNLL KSHV.176 0.0180 62 38.0059 9 TLSIVTFSL KSHV.198 0.2200 63 38.0063 9 KLSVLLLEV KSHV.292 0.1400 64 38.0064 9 LLLEVNRSV KSHV.296 0.0270 65 38.0068 9 FVSSPTLPV KSHV.78 0.0350 66 38.0070 9 AMLYLLAEI KSHV.281 0.0820 67 38.0075 9 QMARLAWEA KSHV.1116 0.0990 68 38.0131 10 VLAIEGIFMA KSHV.10 0.0730 69 38.0132 10 YLYHPLLSPI KSHV.27 0.1400 70 38.0134 10 SLFEAMLANV KSHV.49 0.9500 71 38.0135 10 STTGINQLGL KSHV.62 0.0710 72 38.0137 10 LAILTFGSFV KSHV.88 0.0160 73 38.0139 10 ALLGSIALLA KSHV.155 0.0360 74 38.0141 10 ALLATILAAV KSHV.161 0.1100 75 38.0142 10 LLATILAAVA KSHV.162 0.0110 76 38.0143 10 RLFADELAAL KSHV.14 0.1800 77 38.0148 10 YLSKCTLAVL KSHV.65 0.0300 78 38.0150 10 LLVYHIYSKI KSHV.152 0.0130 79 38.0151 10 SMYLCILSAL KSHV.208 0.0360 80 38.0153 10 HLHRQMLSFV KSHV.68 0.0160 81 38.0163 10 LLCGKTGAFL KSHV.167 0.0100 82 38.0164 10 ETLSIVTFSL KSHV.197 0.0180 83 39.0063 9 VMCTYSPPL mp53.119 1.4000 84 39.0065 9 KLFCQLAKT mp53.129 0.0160 85 39.0067 9 ATPPAGSRV mp53.146 0.0130 86 39.0133 10 FLQSGTAKSV mp53.110 0.0180 87 39.0169 10 CMDRGLTVFV KSHV.311 0.0120 88 39.0170 10 VLLNWWRWRL KSHV.327 0.1500 89 40.0070 9 GVFTGLTHI HCV.1565 0.0110 90 40.0072 9 QMWKCLIRL HCV.1611 0.0620 91 40.0074 9 IMTCMSADL HCV.1650 0.0121 92 40.0076 9 ALAAYCLST HCV.1674 0.2500 93 40.0080 9 VLSGKPAII HCV.1692 0.0150 94 40.0082 9 FISGIQYLA HCV.1773 0.1000 95 40.0134 10 YIMTCMSADL HCV.1649 0.0300 96 40.0137 10 AIASLMAFTA HCV.1791 0.0580 97 40.0138 10 GLAGAAIGSV HCV.1838 0.0320 98 41.0058 8 MIGVLVGV CEA.692 0.0120 99 41.0061 9 VLPLAYISL TRP1 0.0110 100 41.0062 9 SLGCIFFPL TRP1 0.9700 101 41.0063 9 PLAYISLFL TRP1 0.0220 102 41.0065 9 LMLFYQVWA TRP1 0.0270 103 41.0071 9 NISIYNYFV TRP1 0.2300 104 41.0072 9 NISVYNYFV TRP1 0.0600 105 41.0075 9 FVWTHYYSV TRP1 1.5000 106 41.0077 9 FLTWHRYHL TRP1 0.5500 107 41.0078 9 LTWHRYHLL TRP1 0.1600 108 41.0082 9 MLQEPSFSL TRP1 0.6900 109 41.0083 9 SLPYWNFAT TRP1 0.0110 110 41.0088 9 RLPEPQDVA TRP1 0.0180 111 41.0090 9 VTQCLEVRV TRP1 0.0160 112 41.0096 9 LLHTFTDAV TRP1 0.2700 113 41.0100 9 NMVPFWPPV TRP1 0.6200 114 41.0104 9 AVVGALLLV TRP1 0.0210 115 41.0105 9 AVVAALLLV TRP1 0.0390 116 41.0108 9 LLVAAIFGV TRP1 1.9000 117 41.0112 9 SMDEANQPL TRP1 0.0770 118 41.0114 9 VLPLAYISV TRP1 0.1100 119 41.0115 9 SLGCIFFPV TRP1 3.2000 120 41.0116 9 PLAYISLFV TRP1 0.0310 121 41.0117 9 LLLFQQARV TRP1 0.1100 122 41.0118 9 LMLFYQVWV TRP1 2.4000 123 41.0119 9 LLPSSGPGV TRP1 0.3700 124 41.0121 9 NLSIYNYFV TRP1 0.9700 125 41.0122 9 NLSVYNYFV TRP1 0.8700 126 41.0123 9 FLWTHYYSV TRP1 5.6000 127 41.0124 9 SLKKTFLGV TRP1 0.0224 128 41.0125 9 FLTWHRYHV TRP1 0.3800 129 41.0129 9 MLQEPSFSV TRP1 1.6000 130 41.0130 9 SLPYWNFAV TRP1 0.5700 131 41.0131 9 ALGKNVCDV TRP1 0.0160 132 41.0132 9 SLLISPNSV TRP1 0.1300 133 41.0133 9 SLFSQWRVV TRP1 0.0740 134 41.0134 9 TLGTLCNSV TRP1 0.0330 135 41.0136 9 RLPEPQDVV TRP1 0.1000 136 41.0137 9 VLQCLEVRV TRP1 0.0360 137 41.0138 9 SLNSFRNTV TRP1 0.0140 138 41.0139 9 SLDSFRNTV TRP1 0.0440 139 41.0141 9 FLNGTGGQV TRP1 0.0220 140 41.0142 9 VLLHTFTDV TRP1 0.0180 141 41.0145 9 ALVGALLLV TRP1 0.2600 142 41.0146 9 ALVAALLLV TRP1 0.5800 143 41.0147 9 LLVALIFGV TRP1 1.0000 144 41.0148 9 YLIRARRSV TRP1 0.0170 145 41.0149 9 SMDEANQPV TRP1 0.1600 146 41.0151 10 SLGCIFFPLL TRP1 0.1800 147 41.0157 10 GMCCPDLSPV TRP1 0.0950 148 41.0160 10 AACNQKILTV TRP1 0.0120 149 41.0162 10 FLTWHRYHLL TRP1 0.0830 150 41.0166 10 SLHNLAHLFL TRP1 0.3900 151 41.0174 10 LLLVAAIFGV TRP1 0.3000 152 41.0177 10 LLVAAIFGVA TRP1 0.0820 153 41.0178 10 ALIFGTASYL TRP1 0.0230 154 41.0180 10 SMDEANQPLL TRP1 0.0250 155 41.0181 10 LLTDQYQCYA TRP1 0.0320 156 41.0183 10 SLGCIFFPLV TRP1 0.3200 157 41.0186 10 FLMLFYQVWV TRP1 0.8100 158 41.0189 10 ALCDQRVLIV TRP1 0.0530 159 41.0190 10 ALCNQKILTV TRP1 0.0770 160 41.0191 10 FLTWHRYHLV TRP1 0.0510 161 41.0197 10 SLHNLAHLFV TRP1 0.5000 162 41.0198 10 NLAHLFLNGV TRP1 0.4100 163 41.0199 10 NMVPFWPPVV TRP1 0.2800 164 41.0201 10 ILVVAALLLV TRP1 0.0190 165 41.0203 10 LLVALIFGTV TRP1 0.1200 166 41.0205 10 ALIFGTASYV TRP1 0.0900 167 41.0206 10 SMDEANQPLV TRP1 0.0350 168 41.0207 10 LLTDQYQCYV TRP1 0.2100 169 41.0212 11 LLIQNIIQNDT CEA.107 0.0140 170 41.0214 11 IIQNDTGFYTL CEA.112 0.0130 171 41.0221 11 TLFNVTRNDTA CEA.201 0.0110 172 41.0235 11 LTLLSVTRNDV CEA.378 0.0150 173 41.0243 11 GLYTCQANNSA CEA.473 0.0290 174 41.0268 11 ATVGIMIGVLV CEA.687 0.0160 175 44.0075 11 GLVPPQHLIRV mp53.184.V3 0.0370 176 44.0087 11 GLAPPVHLIRV mp53.184.V6 0.0330 177 44.0092 11 GLAPPEHLIRV mp53.184.E6 0.1600 178 1227.10 9 ILIGVLVGV CEA.691.L2 0.2300 179 1234.26 10 YLIMVKCWMV Her2/neu.952.L2V10 0.3800 180 1295.06 9 LLGRDSFEV mp53.261 0.2000 181 1319.01 9 FMYSDFHFI Flu.RRP2.446 0.4400 182 1319.06 9 NMLSTVLGV Flu.RRP2.446 0.1700 183 1319.14 9 SLENFRAYV Flu.RRP2.446 0.0430 184 1325.06 KMAELVHFV Mage3.112 0.1900 185 1325.07 KLAELVHFV Mage3.112 0.3500 186 1334.01 VLIQRNPQV Her2/neu.153.V9 0.0910 187 1334.02 VLLGVVFGV Her2/neu.665.L2V9 2.1000 188 1334.03 SLISAVVGV Her2/neu.653.L2V9 0.7000 189 1334.04 YMIMVKBWMI Her2/neu.952.B7 0.2700 190 1334.05 YLIMVKBWMV Her2/neu.952.L2B7V10 0.6900 191 1334.06 KLWEELSVV Mage3.220.L2V9 0.4500 192 1334.08 AMBRWGLLV Her2/neu.5.M2B3V9 0.1400 193 1345.01 9 IJIGVLVGV CEA.691.J2 0.0570 194 1345.02 9 ATVGIJIGV CEA.687.J6 0.1595 195 1345.03 9 SJPPPGTRV p53.149.J2 0.0545 196 1345.04 10 LVFGIELJEV MAGE3.160.J8 0.7650 197 918.12 8 ILGFVFTL Flu.M1.59 0.7900 198 1095.22 9 KIFGSLAFL Her2/neu 199 1090.01 10 YLQLVFGIEV MAGE2 200 1126.01 9 MMNDQLMFL PSM 201 1126.02 10 ALVLAGGFFL PSM 202 1126.03 9 WLCAGALVL PSM 203 1126.05 9 MVFELANSI PSM 204 1126.06 10 RMMNDQLMFL PSM 205 1126.09 9 LVLAGGFFL PSM 206 1126.10 9 VLAGGFFLL PSM 207 1126.12 9 LLHETDSAV PSM 208 1126.14 9 LMYSLVHNL PSM 209 1126.16 10 QLMFLERAFI PSM 210 1126.17 9 LMFLERAFI PSM 211 1126.20 10 KLGSGNDFEV PSM 212 1129.01 10 LLQERGVAYI PSM 213 1129.04 10 GMPEGDLVYV PSM 214 1129.05 10 FLDELKAENI PSM 215 1129.08 9 ALFDIESKV PSM 216 1129.10 10 GLPSIPVHPI PSM 217 - The present invention also relates to the determination of allele-specific peptide motifs for human Class I MHC (sometimes referred to as HLA) allele subtypes. These motifs are then used to define T cell epitopes from any desired antigen, particularly those associated with human viral diseases, cancers or autoimmune diseases, for which the amino acid sequence of the potential antigen or autoantigen targets is known.
- Epitopes on a number of potential target proteins can be identified in this manner. Examples of suitable antigens include prostate specific antigen (PSA), hepatitis B core and surface antigens (HBVc, HBVs) hepatitis C antigens, Epstein-Barr virus antigens, melanoma antigens (e.g., MAGE-1), human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) antigens and human papilloma virus (HPV) antigens, Lassa virus, mycobacterium tuberculosis (MT), p53, CEA, and Her2/neu.
- Peptides comprising the epitopes from these antigens are synthesized and then tested for their ability to bind to the appropriate MHC molecules in assays using, for example, purified class I molecules and radioiodonated peptides and/or cells expressing empty class I molecules by, for instance, immunofluorescent staining and flow microfluorimetry, peptide-dependent class I assembly assays, and inhibition of CTL recognition by peptide competition. Those peptides that bind to the class I molecule are further evaluated for their ability to serve as targets for CTLs derived from infected or immunized individuals, as well as for their capacity to induce primary in vitro or in vivo CTL responses that can give rise to CTL populations capable of reacting with virally infected target cells or tumor cells as potential therapeutic agents.
- The MHC class I antigens are encoded by the HLA-A, B, and C loci. HLA-A and B antigens are expressed at the cell surface at approximately equal densities, whereas the expression of HLA-C is significantly lower (perhaps as much as 10-fold lower). Each of these loci have a number of alleles. The peptide binding motifs of the invention are relatively specific for each allelic subtype.
- For peptide-based vaccines, the peptides of the present invention preferably comprise a motif recognized by an MHC I molecule having a wide distribution in the human population. Since the MHC alleles occur at different frequencies within different ethnic groups and races, the choice of target MHC allele may depend upon the target population. Table 4 shows the frequency of various alleles at the HLA-A locus products among different races. For instance, the majority of the Caucasoid population can be covered by peptides which bind to four HLA-A allele subtypes, specifically HLA-A2.1, A1, A3.2, and A24.1. Similarly, the majority of the Asian population is encompassed with the addition of peptides binding to a fifth allele HLA-A11.2.
-
TABLE 4 A Allele/Subtype N(69)* A(54) C(502) A1 10.1(7) 1.8(1) 27.4(138) A2.1 11.5(8) 37.0(20) 39.8(199) A2.2 10.1(7) 0 3.3(17) A2.3 1.4(1) 5.5(3) 0.8(4) A2.4 — — — A2.5 — — — A3.1 1.4(1) 0 0.2(0) A3.2 5.7(4) 5.5(3) 21.5(108) A11.1 0 5.5(3) 0 A11.2 5.7(4) 31.4(17) 8.7(44) A11.3 0 3.7(2) 0 A23 4.3(3) — 3.9(20) A24 2.9(2) 27.7(15) 15.3(77) A24.2 — — — A24.3 — — — A25 1.4(1) — 6.9(35) A26.1 4.3(3) 9.2(5) 5.9(30) A26.2 7.2(5) — 1.0(5) A26V — 3.7(2) — A28.1 10.1(7) — 1.6(8) A28.2 1.4(1) — 7.5(38) A29.1 1.4(1) — 1.4(7) A29.2 10.1(7) 1.8(1) 5.3(27) A30.1 8.6(6) — 4.9(25) A30.2 1.4(1) — 0.2(1) A30.3 7.2(5) — 3.9(20) A31 4.3(3) 7.4(4) 6.9(35) A32 2.8(2) — 7.1(36) Aw33.1 8.6(6) — 2.5(13) Aw33.2 2.8(2) 16.6(9) 1.2(6) Aw34.1 1.4(1) — — Aw34.2 14.5(10) — 0.8(4) Aw36 5.9(4) — — Table compiled from B. DuPont, Immunobiology of HLA, Vol. I, Histocompatibility Testing 1987, Springer-Verlag, New York 1989. *N—negroid; A = Asian; C = Caucasoid. Numbers in parenthesis represent the number of individuals included in the analysis. - The nomenclature used to describe peptide compounds follows the conventional practice wherein the amino group is presented to the left (the N-terminus) and the carboxyl group to the right (the C-terminus) of each amino acid residue. In the formulae representing selected specific embodiments of the present invention, the amino- and carboxyl-terminal groups, although not specifically shown, are in the form they would assume at physiologic pH values, unless otherwise specified. In the amino acid structure formulae, each residue is generally represented by standard three letter or single letter designations. The L-form of an amino acid residue is represented by a capital single letter or a capital first letter of a three-letter symbol, and the D-form for those amino acids is represented by a lower case single letter or a lower case three letter symbol. Glycine has no asymmetric carbon atom and is simply referred to as “Gly” or G.
- The procedures used to identify peptides of the present invention generally follow the methods disclosed in Falk et al., Nature 351:290 (1991), which is incorporated herein by reference. Briefly, the methods involve large-scale isolation of MHC class I molecules, typically by immunoprecipitation or affinity chromatography, from the appropriate cell or cell line. Examples of other methods for isolation of the desired MHC molecule equally well known to the artisan include ion exchange chromatography, lectin chromatography, size exclusion, high performance ligand chromatography, and a combination of all of the above techniques.
- A large number of cells with defined MHC molecules, particularly MHC Class I molecules, are known and readily available. For example, human EBV-transformed B cell lines have been shown to be excellent sources for the preparative isolation of class I and class II MHC molecules. Well-characterized cell lines are available from private and commercial sources, such as American Type Culture Collection (“Catalogue of Cell Lines and Hybridomas,” 6th edition (1988) Rockville, Md., U.S.A.); National Institute of General Medical Sciences 1990/1991 Catalog of Cell Lines (NIGMS) Human Genetic Mutant Cell Repository, Camden, N.J.; and ASHI Repository, Bingham and Women's Hospital, 75 Francis Street, Boston, Mass. 02115. Table 5 lists some B cell lines suitable for use as sources for HLA-A alleles. All of these cell lines can be grown in large batches and are therefore useful for large scale production of MHC molecules. One of skill will recognize that these are merely exemplary cell lines and that many other cell sources can be employed. Similar EBV B cell lines homozygous for HLA-B and HLA-C could serve as sources for HLA-B and HLA-C alleles, respectively.
-
TABLE 5 HUMAN CELL LINES (HLA-A SOURCES) HLA-A allele B cell line A1 MAT COX (9022) STEINLIN (9087) A2.1 JY A3.2 EHM (9080) HO301 (9055)GM3107 A24.1 T3(9107), TISI (9042) A11 BVR (GM6828A) WT100 (GM8602)WT52 (GM8603) - In the typical case, immunoprecipitation is used to isolate the desired allele. A number of protocols can be used, depending upon the specificity of the antibodies used. For example, allele-specific mAb reagents can be used for the affinity purification of the HLA-A, HLA-B, and HLA-C molecules. Several mAb reagents for the isolation of HLA-A molecules are available (Table 6). Thus, for each of the targeted HLA-A alleles, reagents are available that may be used for the direct isolation of the HLA-A molecules. Affinity columns prepared with these mabs using standard techniques are successfully used to purify the respective HLA-A allele products.
- In addition to allele-specific mAbs, broadly reactive anti-HLA-A, B, C mAbs, such as W6/32 and B9.12.1, and one anti-HLA-B, C mAb, B1.23.2, could be used in alternative affinity purification protocols as described in the example section below.
-
TABLE 6 ANTIBODY REAGENTS anti-HLA Name HLA-A1 12/18 HLA-A3 GAPA3 (ATCC, HB122) HLA-11, 24.1 A11.1M (ATCC, HB164) HLA-A, B, C W6/32 (ATCC, HB95) monomorphic B9.12.1 (INSERM-CNRS) HLA-B, C B.1.23.2 (INSERM-CNRS) monomorphic - The peptides bound to the peptide binding groove of the isolated MHC molecules are eluted typically using acid treatment. Peptides can also be dissociated from class I molecules by a variety of standard denaturing means, such as heat, pH, detergents, salts, chaotropic agents, or a combination thereof.
- Peptide fractions are further separated from the MHC molecules by reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and sequenced. Peptides can be separated by a variety of other standard means well known to the artisan, including filtration, ultrafiltration, electrophoresis, size chromatography, precipitation with specific antibodies, ion exchange chromatography, isoelectrofocusing, and the like.
- Sequencing of the isolated peptides can be performed according to standard techniques such as Edman degradation (Hunkapiller, M. W., et al., Methods Enzmmol. 91, 399 [1983]). Other methods suitable for sequencing include mass spectrometry sequencing of individual peptides as previously described (Hunt, et al., Science 225:1261 (1992), which is incorporated herein by reference). Amino acid sequencing of bulk heterogenous peptides (e.g., pooled HPLC fractions) from different class I molecules typically reveals a characteristic sequence motif for each class I allele.
- Definition of motifs specific for different class I alleles allows the identification of potential peptide epitopes from an antigenic protein whose amino acid sequence is known. Typically, identification of potential peptide epitopes is initially carried out using a computer to scan the amino acid sequence of a desired antigen for the presence of motifs. The epitopic sequences are then synthesized. The capacity to bind MHC Class molecules is measured in a variety of different ways. One means is a Class I molecule binding assay as described in the related applications, noted above. Other alternatives described in the literature include inhibition of antigen presentation (Sette, et al., J. Immunol. 141:3893 (1991), in vitro assembly assays (Townsend, et al., Cell 62:285 (1990), and FACS based assays using mutated ells, such as RMA.S (Melief, et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 21:2963 (1991)).
- Next, peptides that test positive in the MHC class I binding assay are assayed for the ability of the peptides to induce specific CTL responses in vitro. For instance, Antigen-presenting cells that have been incubated with a peptide can be assayed for the ability to induce CTL responses in responder cell populations. Antigen-presenting cells can be normal cells such as peripheral blood mononuclear cells or dendritic cells (Inaba, et al., J. Exp. Med. 166:182 (1987); Boog, Eur. J. Immunol. 18:219 [1988]).
- Alternatively, mutant mammalian cell lines that are deficient in their ability to load class I molecules with internally processed peptides, such as the mouse cell lines RMA-S (Kärre, et al., Nature, 319:675 (1986); Ljunggren, et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 21:2963-2970 (1991)), and the human somatic T cell hybrid, T-2 (Cerundolo, et al., Nature 345:449-452 (1990)) and which have been transfected with the appropriate human class I genes are conveniently used, when peptide is added to them, to test for the capacity of the peptide to induce in vitro primary CTL responses. Other eukaryotic cell lines which could be used include various insect cell lines such as mosquito larvae (ATCC cell lines CCL 125, 126, 1660, 1591, 6585, 6586), silkworm (ATTC CRL 8851), armyworm (ATCC CRL 1711), moth (ATCC CCL 80) and Drosophila cell lines such as a Schneider cell line (see Schneider J. Embryol. Exp. Morphol. 27:353-365 [1927]).
- Peripheral blood lymphocytes are conveniently isolated following simple venipuncture or leukapheresis of normal donors or patients and used as the responder cell sources of CTL precursors. In one embodiment, the appropriate antigen-presenting cells are incubated with 10-100 μM of peptide in serum-free media for 4 hours under appropriate culture conditions. The peptide-loaded antigen-presenting cells are then incubated with the responder cell populations in vitro for 7 to 10 days under optimized culture conditions. Positive CTL activation can be determined by assaying the cultures for the presence of CTLs that kill radiolabeled target cells, both specific peptide-pulsed targets as well as target cells expressing endogenously processed form of the relevant virus or tumor antigen from which the peptide sequence was derived.
- Specificity and MHC restriction of the CTL is determined by testing against different peptide target cells expressing appropriate or inappropriate human MHC class I. The peptides that test positive in the MHC binding assays and give rise to specific CTL responses are referred to herein as immunogenic peptides.
- The immunogenic peptides can be prepared synthetically, or by recombinant DNA technology or from natural sources such as whole viruses or tumors. Although the peptide will preferably be substantially free of other naturally occurring host cell proteins and fragments thereof, in some embodiments the peptides can be synthetically conjugated to native fragments or particles.
- The polypeptides or peptides can be a variety of lengths, either in their neutral (uncharged) forms or in forms which are salts, and either free of modifications such as glycosylation, side chain oxidation, or phosphorylation or containing these modifications, subject to the condition that the modification not destroy the biological activity of the polypeptides as herein described.
- Desirably, the peptide will be as small as possible while still maintaining substantially all of the biological activity of the large peptide. When possible, it may be desirable to optimize peptides of the invention to a length of 9 or 10 amino acid residues, commensurate in size with endogenously processed viral peptides or tumor cell peptides that are bound to MHC class I molecules on the cell surface.
- Peptides having the desired activity may be modified as necessary to provide certain desired attributes, e.g., improved pharmacological characteristics, while increasing or at least retaining substantially all of the biological activity of the unmodified peptide to bind the desired MHC molecule and activate the appropriate T cell. For instance, the peptides may be subject to various changes, such as substitutions, either conservative or non-conservative, where such changes might provide for certain advantages in their use, such as improved MHC binding. By conservative substitutions is meant replacing an amino acid residue with another which is biologically and/or chemically similar, e.g., one hydrophobic residue for another, or one polar residue for another. The substitutions include combinations such as Gly, Ala; Val, Ile, Leu, Met; Asp, Glu; Asn, Gln; Ser, Thr; Lys, Arg; and Phe, Tyr. The effect of single amino acid substitutions may also be probed using D-amino acids. Such modifications may be made using well known peptide synthesis procedures, as described in e.g., Merrifield, Science 232:341-347 (1986), Barany and Merrifield, The Peptides, Gross and Meienhofer, eds. (N.Y., Academic Press), pp. 1-284 (1979); and Stewart and Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, (Rockford, Ill., Pierce), 2d Ed. (1984), incorporated by reference herein.
- The peptides can also be modified by extending or decreasing the compound's amino acid sequence, e.g., by the addition or deletion of amino acids. The peptides or analogs of the invention can also be modified by altering the order or composition of certain residues, it being readily appreciated that certain amino acid residues essential for biological activity, e.g., those at critical contact sites or conserved residues, may generally not be altered without an adverse effect on biological activity. The non-critical amino acids need not be limited to those naturally occurring in proteins, such as L-α-amino acids, or their D-isomers, but may include non-natural amino acids as well, such as β-γ-δ-amino acids, as well as many derivatives of L-α-amino acids.
- Typically, a series of peptides with single amino acid substitutions are employed to determine the effect of electrostatic charge, hydrophobicity, etc. on binding. For instance, a series of positively charged (e.g., Lys or Arg) or negatively charged (e.g., Glu) amino acid substitutions are made along the length of the peptide revealing different patterns of sensitivity towards various MHC molecules and T cell receptors. In addition, multiple substitutions using small, relatively neutral moieties such as Ala, Gly, Pro, or similar residues may be employed. The substitutions may be homo-oligomers or hetero-oligomers. The number and types of residues which are substituted or added depend on the spacing necessary between essential contact points and certain functional attributes which are sought (e.g., hydrophobicity versus hydrophilicity). Increased binding affinity for an MHC molecule or T cell receptor may also be achieved by such substitutions, compared to the affinity of the parent peptide. In any event, such substitutions should employ amino acid residues or other molecular fragments chosen to avoid, for example, steric and charge interference which might disrupt binding.
- Amino acid substitutions are typically of single residues. Substitutions, deletions, insertions or any combination thereof may be combined to arrive at a final peptide. Substitutional variants are those in which at least one residue of a peptide has been removed and a different residue inserted in its place. Such substitutions generally are made in accordance with the following Table 2 when it is desired to finely modulate the characteristics of the peptide.
-
TABLE 2 Original Residue Exemplary Substitution Ala Ser Arg Lys, His Asn Gln Asp Glu Cys Ser Glu Asp Gly Pro His Lys; Arg Ile Leu; Val Leu Ile; Val Lys Arg; His Met Leu; Ile Phe Tyr; Trp Ser Thr Thr Ser Trp Tyr; Phe Tyr Trp; Phe Val Ile; Leu Pro Gly - Substantial changes in function (e.g., affinity for MHC molecules or T cell receptors) are made by selecting substitutions that are less conservative than those in Table 2, i.e., selecting residues that differ more significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the peptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site or (c) the bulk of the side chain. The substitutions which in general are expected to produce the greatest changes in peptide properties will be those in which (a) hydrophilic residue, e.g. seryl, is substituted for (or by) a hydrophobic residue, e.g. leucyl, isoleucyl, phenylalanyl, valyl or alanyl; (b) a residue having an electropositive side chain, e.g., lysl, arginyl, or histidyl, is substitute for (or by) an electronegative residue, e.g. glutamyl or aspartyl; or (c) a residue having a bulky side chain, e.g. phenylalanine, is substituted for (or by) one not having a side chain, e.g., glycine.
- The peptides may also comprise isosteres of two or more residues in the immunogenic peptide. An isostere as defined here is a sequence of two or more residues that can be substituted for a second sequence because the steric conformation of the first sequence fits a binding site specific for the second sequence. The term specifically includes peptide backbone modifications well known to those skilled in the art. Such modifications include modifications of the amide nitrogen, the α-carbon, amide carbonyl, complete replacement of the amide bond, extensions, deletions or backbone crosslinks. See, generally, Spatola, Chemistry and Biochemistry of Amino Acids, peptides and Proteins, Vol. VII (Weinstein ed., 1983).
- Modifications of peptides with various amino acid mimetics or unnatural amino acids are particularly useful in increasing the stability of the peptide in vivo. Stability can be assayed in a number of ways. For instance, peptidases and various biological media, such as human plasma and serum, have been used to test stability. See, e.g., Verhoef et al., Eur. J. Drug Metab. Pharmacokin. 11:291-302 (1986). Half life of the peptides of the present invention is conveniently determined using a 25% human serum (v/v) assay. The protocol is generally as follows. Pooled human serum (Type AB, non-heat inactivated) is delipidated by centrifugation before use. The serum is then diluted to 25% with RPMI tissue culture media and used to test peptide stability. At predetermined time intervals a small amount of reaction solution is removed and added to either 6% aqueous trichloracetic acid or ethanol. The cloudy reaction sample is cooled (4° C.) for 15 minutes and then spun to pellet the precipitated serum proteins. The presence of the peptides is then determined by reversed-phase HPLC using stability-specific chromatography conditions.
- The peptides of the present invention or analogs thereof which have CTL stimulating activity may be modified to provide desired attributes other than improved serum half life. For instance, the ability of the peptides to induce CTL activity can be enhanced by linkage to a sequence which contains at least one epitope that is capable of inducing a T helper cell response. Particularly preferred immunogenic peptides/T helper conjugates are linked by a spacer molecule. The spacer is typically comprised of relatively small, neutral molecules, such as amino acids or amino acid mimetics, which are substantially uncharged under physiological conditions. The spacers are typically selected from, e.g., Ala, Gly, or other neutral spacers of nonpolar amino acids or neutral polar amino acids. It will be understood that the optionally present spacer need not be comprised of the same residues and thus may be a hetero- or homo-oligomer. When present, the spacer will usually be at least one or two residues, more usually three to six residues. Alternatively, the CTL peptide may be linked to the T helper peptide without a spacer.
- The immunogenic peptide may be linked to the T helper peptide either directly or via a spacer either at the amino or carboxy Terminus of the CTL peptide. The amino terminus of either the immunogenic peptide or the T helper peptide may be acylated. Exemplary T helper peptides include tetanus toxoid 830-843, influenza 307-319, malaria circumsporozoite 382-398 and 378-389.
- In some embodiments it may be desirable to include in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention at least one component which primes CTL. Lipids have been identified as agents capable of priming CTL in vivo against viral antigens. For example, palmitic acid residues can be attached to the alpha and epsilon amino groups of a Lys residue and then linked, e.g., via one or more linking residues such as Gly, Gly-Gly-, Ser, Ser-Ser, or the like, to an immunogenic peptide. The lipidated peptide can then be injected directly in a micellar form, incorporated into a liposome or emulsified in an adjuvant, e.g., incomplete Freund's adjuvant. In a preferred embodiment a particularly effective immunogen comprises palmitic acid attached to alpha and epsilon amino groups of Lys, which is attached via linkage, e.g., Ser-Ser, to the amino terminus of the immunogenic peptide.
- As another example of lipid priming of CTL responses, E. coli lipoproteins, such as tripalmitoyl-S-glycerylcysteinlyseryl-serine (P3CSS) can be used to prime virus specific CTL when covalently attached to inappropriate peptide. See, Deres et al., Nature 342:561-564 (1989), incorporated herein by reference. Peptides of the invention can be coupled to P3CSS, for example, and the lipopeptide administered to an individual to specifically prime a CTL response to the target antigen. Further, as the induction of neutralizing antibodies can also be primed with P3CSS conjugated to a peptide which displays an appropriate epitope, the two compositions can be combined to more effectively elicit both humoral and cell-mediated responses to infection.
- In addition, additional amino acids can be added to the termini of a peptide to provide for ease of linking peptides one to another, for coupling to a carrier support, or larger peptide, for modifying the physical or chemical properties of the peptide or oligopeptide, or the like. Amino acids such as tyrosine, cysteine, lysine, glutamic or aspartic acid, or the like, can be introduced at the C- or N-terminus of the peptide or oligopeptide. Modification at the C terminus in some cases may alter binding characteristics of the peptide. In addition, the peptide or oligopeptide sequences can differ from the natural sequence by being modified by terminal-NH2-acylation, e.g., by alkanoyl (C1-C20) or thioglycolyl acetylation, terminal-carboxyl amidation, e.g., ammonia, methylamine, etc. In some instances these modifications may provide sites for linking to a support or other molecule.
- The peptides of the invention can be prepared in a wide variety of ways. Because of their relatively short size, the peptides can be synthesized in solution or on a solid support in accordance with conventional techniques. Various automatic synthesizers are commercially available and can be used in accordance with known protocols. See, for example, Stewart and Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2d. ed., Pierce Chemical Co. (1984), supra.
- Alternatively, recombinant DNA technology may be employed wherein a nucleotide sequence which encodes an immunogenic peptide of interest is inserted into an expression vector, transformed or transfected into an appropriate host cell and cultivated under conditions suitable for expression. These procedures are generally known in the art, as described generally in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor, New York (1982), which is incorporated herein by reference. Thus, fusion proteins which comprise one or more peptide sequences of the invention can be used to present the appropriate T cell epitope.
- As the coding sequence for peptide, of the length contemplated herein can be synthesized by chemical techniques, for example, the phosphotriester method of Matteucci et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 103:3185 (1981), modification can be made simply by substituting the appropriate base(s) for those encoding the native peptide sequence. The coding sequence can then be provided with appropriate linkers and ligated into expression vectors commonly available in the art, and the vectors used to transform suitable hosts to produce the desired fusion protein. A number of such vectors and suitable host systems are now available. For expression of the fusion proteins, the coding sequence will be provided with operably linked start and stop codons, promoter and terminator regions and usually a replication system to provide an expression vector for expression in the desired cellular host. For example, promoter sequences compatible with bacterial hosts are provided in plasmids containing convenient restriction sites for insertion of the desired coding sequence. The resulting expression vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts. Of course, yeast or mammalian cell hosts may also be used, employing suitable vectors and control sequences.
- The peptides of the present invention and pharmaceutical and vaccine compositions thereof are useful for administration to mammals, particularly humans, to treat and/or prevent viral infection and cancer. Examples of diseases which can be treated using the immunogenic peptides of the invention include prostate cancer, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, AIDS, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, lymphoma, CMV and condlyloma acuminatum.
- For pharmaceutical compositions, the immunogenic peptides of the invention are administered to an individual already suffering from cancer or infected with the virus of interest. Those in the incubation phase or the acute phase of infection can be treated with the immunogenic peptides separately or in conjunction with other treatments, as appropriate. In therapeutic applications, compositions are administered to a patient in an amount sufficient to elicit an effective CTL response to the virus or tumor antigen and to cure or at least partially arrest symptoms and/or complications. An amount adequate to accomplish this is defined as “therapeutically effective dose.” Amounts effective for this use will depend on, e.g., the peptide composition, the manner of administration, the stage and severity of the disease being treated, the weight and general state of health of the patient, and the judgment of the prescribing, physician, but generally range for the initial immunization (that is for therapeutic or prophylactic administration) from about 1.0 μg to about 5000 μg of peptide for a 70 kg patient, followed by boosting dosages of from about 1.0 μg to about 1000 μg of peptide pursuant to a boosting regimen over weeks to months depending upon the patient's response and condition by measuring specific CTL activity in the patient's blood. It must be kept in mind that the peptides and compositions of the present invention may generally be employed in serious disease states, that is, life-threatening or potentially life threatening situations. In such cases, in view of the minimization of extraneous substances and the relative nontoxic nature of the peptides, it is possible and may be felt desirable by the treating physician to administer substantial excesses of these peptide compositions.
- For therapeutic use, administration should begin at the first sign of viral infection or the detection or surgical removal of tumors or shortly after diagnosis in the case of acute infection. This is followed by boosting doses until at least symptoms are substantially abated and for a period thereafter. In chronic infection, loading doses followed by boosting doses may be required.
- Treatment of an infected individual with the compositions of the invention may hasten resolution of the infection in acutely infected individuals. For those individuals susceptible (or predisposed) to developing (chronic infection the compositions are particularly useful in methods for preventing the evolution from acute to chronic infection. Where the susceptible individuals are identified prior to or during infection, for instance, as described herein, the composition can be targeted to them, minimizing need for administration to a larger population.
- The peptide compositions can also be used for the treatment of chronic infection and to stimulate the immune system to eliminate virus-infected cells in carriers. It is important to provide an amount of immuno-potentiating peptide in a formulation and mode of administration sufficient to effectively stimulate a cytotoxic T cell response. Thus, for treatment of chronic infection, a representative dose is in the range of about 1.0 μg to about 5000 μg, preferably about 5 μg to 1000 μg for a 70 kg patient per dose. Immunizing doses followed by boosting doses at established intervals, e.g., from one to four weeks, may be required, possibly for a prolonged period of time to effectively immunize an individual. In the case of chronic infection, administration should continue until at least clinical symptoms or laboratory tests indicate that the viral infection has been eliminated or substantially abated and for a period thereafter.
- The pharmaceutical compositions for therapeutic treatment are intended for parenteral, topical, oral or local administration. Preferably, the pharmaceutical compositions are administered parenterally, e.g., intravenously, subcutaneously, intradermally, or intramuscularly. Thus, the invention provides compositions for parenteral administration which comprise a solution of the immunogenic peptides dissolved or suspended in an acceptable carrier, preferably an aqueous carrier. A variety of aqueous carriers may be used, e.g., water, buffered water, 0.8% saline, 0.3% glycine, hyaluronic acid and the like. These compositions may be sterilized by conventional, well known sterilization techniques, or may be sterile filtered. The resulting aqueous solutions may be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized, the lyophilized preparation being combined with a sterile solution prior to administration. The compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions, such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, wetting agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium lactate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
- The concentration of CTL stimulatory peptides of the invention in the pharmaceutical formulations can vary widely, i.e., from less than about 0.1%, usually at or at least about 2% to as much as 20% to 50% or more by weight, and will be selected primarily by fluid volumes, viscosities, etc., in accordance with the particular mode of administration selected.
- The peptides of the invention may also be administered via liposomes, which serve to target the peptides to a particular tissue, such as lymphoid tissue, or targeted selectively to infected cells, as well as increase the half-life of the peptide composition. Liposomes include emulsions, foams, micelles, insoluble monolayers, liquid crystals, phospholipid dispersions, lamellar layers and the like. In these preparations the peptide to be delivered is incorporated as part of a liposome, alone or in conjunction with a molecule which binds to, e.g., a receptor prevalent among lymphoid cells, such as monoclonal antibodies which bind to the CD45 antigen, or with other therapeutic or immunogenic compositions. Thus, liposomes either filled or decorated with a desired peptide of the invention can be directed to the site of lymphoid cells, where the liposomes then deliver the selected therapeutic/immunogenic peptide compositions. Liposomes for use in the invention are formed from standard vesicle-forming lipids, which generally include neutral and negatively charged phospholipids and a sterol, such as cholesterol. The selection of lipids is generally guided by consideration of, e.g., liposome size, acid lability and stability of the liposomes in the blood stream. A variety of methods are available for preparing liposomes, as described in, e.g., Szoka et al., Ann. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng. 9:467 (1980), U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,235,871, 4,501,728, 4,837,028, and 5,019,369, incorporated herein by reference.
- For targeting to the immune cells, a ligand to be incorporated into the liposome can include, e.g., antibodies or fragments thereof specific for cell surface determinants of the desired immune system cells. A liposome suspension containing a peptide may be administered intravenously, locally, topically, etc. in a dose which varies according to, inter alia, the manner of administration, the peptide being delivered, and the stage of the disease being treated.
- For solid compositions, conventional nontoxic solid carriers may be used which include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talcum, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like. For oral administration, a pharmaceutically acceptable nontoxic composition is formed by incorporating any of the normally employed excipients, such as those carriers previously listed, and generally 10-95% of active ingredient, that is, one or more peptides of the invention, and more preferably at a concentration of 25%-75%.
- For aerosol administration, the immunogenic peptides are preferably supplied in finely divided form along with a surfactant and propellant. Typical percentages of peptides are 0.01%-20% by weight, preferably 1%-10%. The surfactant must, of course, be nontoxic, and preferably soluble in the propellant. Representative of such agents are the esters or partial esters of fatty acids containing from 6 to 22 carbon atoms, such as caproic, octanoic, lauric, palmitic, stearic, linoleic, linolenic, olesteric and oleic acids with an aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or its cyclic anhydride. Mixed esters, such as mixed or natural glycerides may be employed. The surfactant may constitute 0.1%-20% by weight of the composition, preferably 0.25-5%. The balance of the composition is ordinarily propellant. A carrier can also be included, as desired, as with, e.g., lecithin for intranasal delivery.
- In another aspect the present invention is directed to vaccines which contain as an active ingredient an immunogenically effective amount of an immunogenic peptide as described herein. The peptide(s) may be introduced into a host, including humans, linked to its own carrier or as a homopolymer or heteropolymer of active peptide units. Such a polymer has the advantage of increased immunological reaction and, where different peptides are used to make up the polymer, the additional ability to induce antibodies and/or CTLs that react with different antigenic determinants of the virus or tumor cells. Useful carriers are well known in the art, and include, e.g., thyroglobulin, albumins such as human serum albumin, tetanus toxoid, polyamino acids such as poly(lysine:glutamic acid), influenza, hepatitis B virus core protein, hepatitis B virus recombinant vaccine and the like. The vaccines can also contain a physiologically tolerable (acceptable) diluent such as water, phosphate buffered saline, or saline, and further typically include an adjuvant. Adjuvants such as incomplete Freund's adjuvant, aluminum phosphate, aluminum hydroxide, or alum are materials well known in the art. And, as mentioned above, CTL responses can be primed by conjugating peptides of the invention to lipids, such as P3CSS. Upon immunization with a peptide composition as described herein, via injection, aerosol, oral, transdermal or other route, the immune system of the host responds to the vaccine by producing large amounts of CTLs specific for the desired antigen, and the host becomes at least partially immune to later infection, or resistant to developing chronic infection.
- Vaccine compositions containing the peptides of the invention are administered to a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of viral infection or cancer to elicit an immune response against the antigen and thus enhance the patient's own immune response capabilities. Such an amount is defined to be an “immunogenically effective dose.” In this use, the precise amounts again depend on the patient's state of health and weight, the mode of administration, the nature of the formulation, etc., but generally range from about 1.0 μg to about 5000 μg per 70 kilogram patient, more commonly from about 10 μg to about 500 μg mg per 70 kg of body weight.
- In some instances it may be desirable to combine the peptide vaccines of the invention with vaccines which induce neutralizing antibody responses to the virus of interest, particularly to viral envelope antigens.
- For therapeutic or immunization purposes, nucleic acids encoding one or more of the peptides of the invention can also be administered to the patient. A number of methods are conveniently used to deliver the nucleic acids to the patient. For instance, the nulceic acid can be delivered directly, as “naked DNA”. This approach is described, for instance, in Wolff et. al., Science 247:1465-1468 (1990) as well as U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,580,859 and 5,589,466. The nucleic acids can also be administered using ballistic delivery as described, for instance, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,204,253. Particles comprised solely of DNA can be administered. Alternatively, DNA can be adhered to particles, such as gold particles. The nucleic acids can also be delivered complexed to cationic compounds, such as cationic lipids. Lipid-mediated gene delivery methods are described, for instance, in WO 96/18372; WO 93/24640; Mannino and Gould-Fogerite (1988) BioTechniques 6(7):682-691; Rose U.S. Pat. No. 5,279,833; WO 91/06309; and Felgner et al. (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84: 7413-7414. The peptides of the invention can also be expressed by attenuated viral hosts, such as vaccinia or fowlpox. This approach involves the use of vaccinia virus as a vector to express nucleotide sequences that encode the peptides of the invention. Upon introduction into an acutely or chronically infected host or into a noninfected host, the recombinant vaccinia virus expresses the immunogenic peptide, and thereby elicits a host CTL response. Vaccinia vectors and methods useful in immunization protocols are described in, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,722,848, incorporated herein by reference. Another vector is BCG (Bacille Calmette Guerin). BCG vectors are described in Stover et al. (Nature 351:456-460 (1991)) which is incorporated herein by reference. A wide variety of other vectors useful for therapeutic administration or immunization of the peptides of the invention, e.g., Salmonella typhi vectors and the like, will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the description herein.
- A preferred means of administering nucleic acids encoding the peptides of the invention uses minigene constructs encoding multiple epitopes of the invention. To create a DNA sequence encoding the selected CTL epitopes (minigene) for expression in human cells, the amino acid sequences of the epitopes are reverse translated. A human codon usage table is used to guide the codon choice for each amino acid. These epitope-encoding DNA sequences are directly adjoined, creating a continuous polypeptide sequence. To optimize expression and/or immunogenicity, additional elements can be incorporated into the minigene design. Examples of amino acid sequence that could be reverse translated and included in the minigene sequence include: helper T lymphocyte epitopes, a leader (signal) sequence, and an endoplasmic reticulum retention signal. In addition, MHC presentation of CTL epitopes may be improved by including synthetic (e.g. poly-alanine) or naturally-occurring flanking sequences adjacent to the CTL epitopes.
- The minigene sequence is converted to DNA by assembling oligonucleotides that encode the plus and minus strands of the minigene. Overlapping oligonucleotides (30-100 bases long) are synthesized, phosphorylated, purified and annealed under appropriate conditions using well known techniques. The ends of the oligonucleotides are joined using T4 DNA ligase. This synthetic minigene, encoding the CTL epitope polypeptide, can then cloned into a desired expression vector.
- Standard regulatory sequences well known to those of skill in the art are included in the vector to ensure expression in the target cells. Several vector elements are required: a promoter with a down-stream cloning site for minigene insertion; a polyadenylation signal for efficient transcription termination; an E. coli origin of replication; and an E. coli selectable marker (e.g. ampicillin or kanamycin resistance). Numerous promoters can be used for this purpose, e.g., the human cytomegalovirus (hCMV) promoter. See, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,580,859 and 5,589,466 for other suitable promoter sequences.
- Additional vector modifications may be desired to optimize minigene expression and immunogenicity. In some cases, introns are required for efficient gene expression, and one or more synthetic or naturally-occurring introns could be incorporated into the transcribed region of the minigene. The inclusion of mRNA stabilization sequences can also be considered for increasing minigene expression. It has recently been proposed that immunostimulatory sequences (ISSs or CpGs) play a role in the immunogenicity of DNA vaccines. These sequences could be included in the vector, outside the minigene coding sequence, if found to enhance immunogenicity.
- In some embodiments, a bioistronic expression vector, to allow production of the minigene-encoded epitopes and a second protein included to enhance or decrease immunogenicity can be used. Examples of proteins or polypeptides that could beneficially enhance the immune response if co-expressed include cytokines (e.g., IL2, IL12, GM-CSF), cytokine-inducing molecules (e.g. LeIF) or costimulatory molecules. Helper (HTL) epitopes could be joined to intracellular targeting signals and expressed separately from the CTL epitopes. This would allow direction of the HTL epitopes to a cell compartment different than the CTL epitopes. If required, this could facilitate more efficient entry of HTL epitopes into the MHC class II pathway, thereby improving CTL induction. In contrast to CTL induction, specifically decreasing the immune response by co-expression of immunosuppressive molecules (e.g. TGF-β) may be beneficial in certain diseases.
- Once an expression vector is selected, the minigene is cloned into the polylinker region downstream of the promoter. This plasmid is transformed into an appropriate E. coli strain, and DNA is prepared using standard techniques. The orientation and DNA sequence of the minigene, as well as all other elements included in the vector, are confirmed using restriction mapping and DNA sequence analysis. Bacterial cells harboring the correct plasmid can be stored as a master cell bank and a working cell bank.
- Therapeutic quantities of plasmid DNA are produced by fermentation in E. coli, followed by purification. Aliquots from the working cell bank are used to inoculate fermentation medium (such as Terrific Broth), and grown to saturation in shaker flasks or a bioreactor according to well known techniques. Plasmid DNA can be purified using standard bioseparation technologies such as solid phase anion-exchange resins supplied by Quiagen. If required, supercoiled DNA can be isolated from the open circular and linear forms using gel electrophoresis or other methods.
- Purified plasmid DNA can be prepared for injection using a variety of formulations. The simplest of these is reconstitution of lyophilized DNA in sterile phosphate-buffer saline (PBS). A variety of methods have been described, and new techniques may become available. As noted above, nucleic acids are conveniently formulated with cationic lipids. In addition, glycolipids, fusogenic liposomes, peptides and compounds referred to collectively as protective, interactive, non-condensing (PINC) could also be complexed to purified plasmid DNA to influence variables such as stability, intramuscular dispersion, or trafficking to specific organs or cell types.
- Target cell sensitization can be uses as a functional assay for expression and MHC class I presentation of minigene-encoded CTL epitopes. The plasmid DNA is introduced into a mammalian cell line that is suitable as a target for standard CTL chromium release assays. The transfection method used will be dependent on the final formulation. Electroporation can be used for “naked” DNA, whereas cationic lipids allow direct in vitro transfection. A plasmid expressing green fluorescent protein (GFP) can be co-transfected to allow enrichment of transfected cells using fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). These cells are then chromium-51 labeled and used as target cells for epitope-specific CTL lines. Cytolysis, detected by 51 Cr release, indicates production of MHC presentation of minigene-encoded CTL epitopes.
- In vivo immunogenicity is a second approach for functional testing of minigene DNA formulations. Transgenic mice expressing appropriate human MHC molecules are immunized with the DNA product. The dose and route of administration are formulation dependent (e.g. IM for DNA in PBS, IP for lipid-complexed DNA). Twenty-one days after immunization, splenocytes are harvested and restimulated for 1 week in the presence of peptides encoding each epitope being tested. These effector cells (CTLs) are assayed for cytolysis of peptide-loaded, chromium-51 labeled target cells using standard techniques. Lysis of target cells sensitized by MHC loading of peptides corresponding to minigene-encoded epitopes demonstrates DNA vaccine function for in vivo induction of CTLs.
- Antigenic peptides may be used to elicit CTL ex vivo, as well. The resulting CTL, can be used to treat chronic infections (viral or bacterial) or tumors in patients that do not respond to other conventional forms of therapy, or will not respond to a peptide vaccine approach of therapy. Ex vivo CTL responses to a particular pathogen (infectious agent or tumor antigen) are induced by incubating in tissue culture the patient's CTL precursor cells (CTLp) together with a source of antigen-presenting cells (APC) and the appropriate immunogenic peptide. After an appropriate incubation time (typically 1-4 weeks), in which the CTLp are activated and mature and expand into effector CTL, the cells are infused back into the patient, where they will destroy their specific target cell (an infected cell or a tumor cell). In order to optimize the in vitro conditions for the generation of specific cytotoxic T cells, the culture of stimulator cells is maintained in an appropriate serum-free medium.
- Prior to incubation of the stimulator cells with the cells to be activated, e.g., precursor CD8+ cells, an amount of antigenic peptide is added to the stimulator cell culture, of sufficient quantity to become loaded onto the human Class I molecules to be expressed on the surface of the stimulator cells. In the present invention, a sufficient amount of peptide is an amount that will allow about 200, and preferably 200 or more, human Class I MHC molecules loaded with peptide to be expressed on the surface of each stimulator cell. Preferably, the stimulator cells are incubated with >20 μg/ml peptide.
- Resting or precursor CD8+ cells are then incubated in culture with the appropriate stimulator cells for a time period sufficient to activate the CD8+ cells. Preferably, the CD8+ cells are activated in an antigen-specific manner. The ratio of resting or precursor CD8+ (effector) cells to stimulator cells may vary from individual to individual and may further depend upon variables such as the amenability of an individual's lymphocytes to culturing conditions and the nature and severity of the disease condition or other condition for which the within-described treatment modality is used. Preferably, however, the lymphocyte:stimulator cell ratio is in the range of about 30:1 to 300:1. The effector/stimulator culture may be maintained for as long a time as is necessary to stimulate a therapeutically useable or effective number of CD8+ cells.
- The induction of CTL in vitro requires the specific recognition of peptides that are bound to allele specific MHC class I molecules on APC. The number of specific MHC/peptide complexes per APC is crucial for the stimulation of CTL, particularly in primary immune responses. While small amounts of peptide/MHC complexes per cell are sufficient to render a cell susceptible to lysis by CTL, or to stimulate a secondary CTL response, the successful activation of a CTL precursor (pCTL) during primary response requires a significantly higher number of MHC/peptide complexes. Peptide loading of empty major histocompatibility complex molecules on cells allows the induction of primary cytotoxic T lymphocyte responses. Peptide loading of empty major histocompatibility complex molecules on cells enables the induction of primary cytotoxic T lymphocyte responses.
- Since mutant cell lines do not exist for every human MHC allele, it is advantageous to use a technique to remove endogenous MHC-associated peptides from the surface of APC, followed by loading the resulting empty MHC molecules with the immunogenic peptides of interest. The use of non-transformed (non-tumorigenic), non-infected cells, and preferably, autologous cells of patients as APC is desirable for the design of CTL induction protocols directed towards development of ex vivo CTL therapies. This application discloses methods for stripping the endogenous MHC-associated peptides from the surface of APC followed by the loading of desired peptides.
- A stable MHC class I molecule is a trimeric complex formed of the following elements: 1) a peptide usually of 8-10 residues, 2) a transmembrane heavy polymorphic protein chain which bears the peptide-binding site in its α1 and α2 domains, and 3) a non-covalently associated non-polymorphic light chain, β2 microglobulin. Removing the bound peptides and/or dissociating the β2 microglobulin from the complex renders the MHC class I molecules nonfunctional and unstable, resulting in rapid degradation. All MHC class I molecules isolated from PBMCs have endogenous peptides bound to them. Therefore, the first step is to remove all endogenous peptides bound to MHC class I molecules on the APC without causing their degradation before exogenous peptides can be added to them.
- Two possible ways to free up MHC class I molecules of bound peptides include lowering the culture temperature from 37° C. to 26° C. overnight to destabilize β2 microglobulin and stripping the endogenous peptides from the cell using a mild acid treatment. The methods release previously bound peptides into the extracellular environment allowing new exogenous peptides to bind to the empty class I molecules. The cold-temperature incubation method enables exogenous peptides to bind efficiently to the MHC complex, but requires an overnight incubation at 26° C. which may slow the cell's metabolic rate. It is also likely that cells not actively synthesizing MHC molecules (e.g., resting PBMC) would not produce high amounts of empty surface MHC molecules by the cold temperature procedure.
- Harsh acid stripping involves extraction of the peptides with trifluoroacetic acid, pH 2, or acid denaturation of the immunoaffinity purified class I-peptide complexes. These methods are not feasible for CTL induction, since it is important to remove the endogenous peptides while preserving APC viability and an optimal metabolic state which is critical for antigen presentation. Mild acid solutions of pH 3 such as glycine or citrate-phosphate buffers have been used to identify endogenous peptides and to identify tumor associated T cell epitopes. The treatment is especially effective, in that only the MHC class I molecules are destabilized (and associated peptides released), while other surface antigens remain intact, including MHC class II molecules. Most importantly, treatment of cells with the mild acid solutions do not affect the cell's viability or metabolic state. The mild acid treatment is rapid since the stripping of the endogenous peptides occurs in two minutes at 4° C. and the APC is ready to perform its function after the appropriate peptides are loaded. The technique is utilized herein to make peptide-specific APCs for the generation of primary antigen-specific CTL. The resulting APC are efficient in inducing peptide-specific CD8+ CTL.
- Activated CD8+ cells may be effectively separated from the stimulator cells using one of a variety of known methods. For example, monoclonal antibodies specific for the stimulator cells, for the peptides loaded onto the stimulator cells, or for the CD8+ cells (or a segment thereof) may be utilized to bind their appropriate complementary ligand. Antibody-tagged molecules may then be extracted from the stimulator-effector cell admixture via appropriate means, e.g., via well-known immunoprecipitation or immunoassay methods.
- Effective, cytotoxic amounts of the activated CD8+ cells can vary between in vitro and in vivo uses, as well as with the amount and type of cells that are the ultimate target of these killer cells. The amount will also vary depending on the condition of the patient and should be determined via consideration of all appropriate factors by the practitioner. Preferably, however, about 1×106 to about 1×1012, more preferably about 1×108 to about 1×1011, and even more preferably, about 1×109 to about 1×1010 activated CD8+ cells are utilized for adult humans, compared to about 5×106−5×107 cells used in mice.
- Preferably, as discussed above, the activated CD8+ cells are harvested from the cell culture prior to administration of the CD8+ cells to the individual being treated. It is important to note, however, that unlike other present and proposed treatment modalities, the present method uses a cell culture system that is not tumorigenic. Therefore, if complete separation of stimulator cells and activated CD8+ cells is not achieved, there is no inherent danger known to be associated with the administration of a small number of stimulator cells, whereas administration of mammalian tumor-promoting cells may be extremely hazardous.
- Methods of re-introducing cellular components are known in the art and include procedures such as those exemplified in U.S. Pat. No. 4,844,893 to Honsik, et al. and U.S. Pat. No. 4,690,915 to Rosenberg. For example, administration of activated CD8+ cells via intravenous infusion is appropriate.
- The immunogenic peptides of this invention may also be used to make monoclonal antibodies. Such antibodies may be useful as potential diagnostic or therapeutic agents.
- The peptides may also find use as diagnostic reagents. For example, a peptide of the invention may be used to determine the susceptibility of a particular individual to a treatment regimen which employs the peptide or related peptides, and thus may be helpful in modifying an existing treatment protocol or in determining a prognosis for an affected individual. In addition, the peptides may also be used to predict which individuals will be at substantial risk for developing chronic infection.
- To identify peptides of the invention, class I antigen isolation, and isolation and sequencing of naturally processed peptides was carried out as described in the related applications. These peptides were then used to define specific binding motifs for each of the following alleles A3.2, A1, A11, and A24.1. These motifs are described on page 3, above. The motifs described in Tables 8-11, below, are defined from pool sequencing data of naturally processed peptides as described in the related applications.
-
TABLE 8 Summary HLA-A3.2 Allele-Specific Motif (SEQ ID NO: 378) Position Conserved Residues 1 — 2 V, L, M 3 Y, D 4 — 5 — 6 — 7 I 8 Q, N 9 K 10 K -
TABLE 9 Summary HLA-A1 Allele-Specific Motif SEQ ID NO: 218 Position Conserved Residues 1 — 2 S, T 3 D, E 4 P 5 — 6 — 7 L 8 — 9 Y 10 K -
TABLE 10 Summary HLA-A11 Allele-Specific Motif (SEQ ID NO: 379) Position Conserved Residues 1 — 2 T, V 3 M, F 4 — 5 — 6 — 7 — 8 Q 9 K 10 K -
TABLE 11 Summary HLA-A24.1 Allele-Specific Motif (SEQ ID NO: 380) Position Conserved Residues 1 — 2 Y 3 I, M 4 D, E, G, K, P 5 L, M, N 6 V 7 N, V 8 A, E, K, Q, S 9 F, L 10 F, A - Using the motifs identified above for various MHC class I allele amino acid sequences from various pathogens and tumor-related proteins were analyzed for the presence of these motifs. Screening was carried out described in the related applications. Table 12 provides the results of searches of the antigens.
-
TABLE 12 SEQ Peptide AA Sequence Source A*0301 A*1101 ID NO: 28.0719 10 ILEQWVAGRK HDV.nuc.16 0.0170 0.0012 219 28.0727 10 LSAGGKNLSK HDV.nuc.115 0.0097 0.0150 220 1259.02 11 STDTVDTVLEK Flu.HA.29 0.0001 0.0670 221 1259.04 9 GIAPLQLGK Flu.HA.63 0.6100 0.2000 222 1259.06 10 VTAACSHAGK Flu.HA.149 0.0380 0.0490 223 1259.08 9 GIHHPSNSK Flu.HA.195 0.1300 0.0140 224 1259.10 10 RMNYYWTLLK Flu.HA.243 2.5000 2.3000 225 1259.12 11 ITNKVNSVIEK Flu.HA.392 0.0200 0.0670 226 1259.13 11 KMNIQFTAVGK Flu.HA.402 0.0280 0.0092 227 1259.14 9 NIQFTAVGK Flu.HA.404 0.0017 0.0330 228 1259.16 11 AVGKEFNKLEK Flu.HA.409 0.0210 0.0460 229 1259.19 11 KVKSQLKNNAK Flu.HA.465 0.0470 0.0031 230 1259.20 11 SVRNGTYDYPK Flu.HA.495 0.0410 0.1400 231 1259.21 9 SIIPSGPLK Flu.VMT1.13 0.7800 8.8000 232 1259.25 10 RMVLASTTAK Flu.VMT1.178 0.5500 0.0350 233 1259.26 9 MVLASTTAK Flu.VMT1.179 1.7000 1.4000 234 1259.28 10 RMGVQMQRFK Flu.VMT1.243 0.1000 0.0059 235 1259.33 10 ATEIRASVGK Flu.VNUC.22 0.1400 0.3000 236 1259.37 11 TMVMELVRMIK Flu.VNUC.188 0.0890 0.0310 237 1259.43 10 RVLSFIKGTK Flu.VNUC.342 0.8000 0.0830 238 F119.01 9 MSLQRQFLR ORF3P 0.2000 0.7200 239 F119.02 9 LLGPGRPYR TRP.197 0.0190 0.0091 240 F119.03 9 LLGPGRPYK TRP.197K9 2.2000 0.6800 241 34.0019 8 RVYPELPK CEA.139 0.0130 0.0440 242 34.0020 8 TVSAELPK CEA.495 0.0037 0.0320 243 34.0021 8 TVYAEPPK CEA.317 0.0160 0.0220 244 34.0029 8 TINYTLWR MAGE2.74 0.0140 0.0550 245 34.0030 8 LVHFLLLK MAGE2.116 0.0290 0.1500 246 34.0031 8 SVFAHPRK MAGE2.237 0.1410 0.0810 247 34.0043 8 KVLHHMVK MAGE3.285 0.0580 0.0190 248 34.0050 8 RVCACPGR p53.273 0.3500 0.0490 249 34.0051 8 KMFCQLAK p53.132 0.3800 0.3600 250 34.0062 8 RAHSSHLK p53.363 0.5500 0.0071 251 34.0148 9 FVSNLATGR CEA.656 0.0019 0.0490 252 34.0152 9 RLQLSNGNK CEA.546 0.0250 0.0110 253 34.0153 9 RINGIPQQK CEA.628 0.0400 0.0780 254 34.0154 9 KIRKYTMIRK HER2/neu.681 0.0620 0.0055 255 34.0155 9 LVHFLLLKK MAGE2.116 0.5220 1.4000 256 34.0156 9 SMLEVFEGK MAGE2.226 0.0950 1.6000 257 34.0157 9 SSFSTTINK MAGE2.69 0.1600 2.0000 258 34.0158 9 TSYVKVLHK MAGE2.281 0.5300 0.1500 259 34.0159 9 VIFSKASEK MAGE2.149 0.4900 0.0530 260 34.0160 9 GSVVGNWQK MAGE3.130 0.0040 0.2060 261 34.0161 9 SSLPTTMNK MAGE3.69 0.6180 0.7100 262 34.0162 9 SVLEVFEGK MAGE3.226 0.1330 0.9000 263 34.0171 9 SSBMGGMNK p53.240 0.5440 1.1000 264 34.0172 9 SSCMGGMNK p53.240 0.0090 0.0490 265 34.0211 10 RTLTLFNVTK CEA.554 0.2200 1.3000 266 34.0212 10 TISPLNTSYK CEA.241 0.1800 0.0330 267 34.0214 10 STTINYTLWK MAGE2.72 0.0870 0.6500 268 34.0215 10 ASSLPTTMNK MAGE3.68 0.0420 0.0270 269 34.0225 10 KTYQGSYGFK p53.101 0.4900 0.4200 270 34.0226 10 VVRRBPHHEK p53.172 0.1800 0.2100 271 34.0228 10 GLAPPQHLIK p53.187 0.0570 0.0160 272 34.0229 10 NSSCMGGMNK p53.239 0.0071 0.0290 273 34.0230 10 SSBMGGMNRK p53.240 0.0420 0.1600 274 34.0232 10 RVCACPGRDK p53.273 0.0190 0.0250 275 34.0295 11 KTITVSAELPK CEA.492 0.3600 0.1600 276 34.0296 11 TTITVYAEPPK CEA.314 0.0200 0.0280 277 34.0298 11 PTISPSYTYYR CEA.418 (0.0002) 0.1300 278 34.0301 11 GLLGDNQVMPK MAGE2.188 0.0780 0.0047 279 34.0306 11 MVELVHFLLLK MAGE2.113 0.0200 0.0120 280 34.0308 11 FSTTINYTLWR MAGE2.71 0.0110 0.0170 281 34.0311 11 GLLGDNQIMPK MAGE3.188 0.1300 0.0570 282 34.0317 11 RLGFLHSGTAK p53.110 0.0430 0.0001 283 34.0318 11 ALNKMFCQLAK p53.129 0.4400 0.0420 284 34.0323 11 RVCACPGRDRR p53.273 0.0290 0.0290 285 34.0324 11 LSQETFSDLWK p53.14 (0.0009) 0.0470 286 34.0328 11 RAHSSHLKSKK p53.363 0.0270 0.0038 287 34.0329 11 VTCTYSPALNK p53.122 0.0700 0.1200 288 34.0330 11 GTRVRAMAIYK p53.154 1.1000 0.3300 289 34.0332 11 STSRHKKLMFK p53.376 0.3100 0.1300 290 40.0107 9 LAARNVLVK Her2/neu.846 0.0580 0.0285 291 40.0109 9 MALESILRR Her2/neu.889 0.0034 0.0237 292 40.0145 10 ISWLGLRSLR Her2/neu.450 0.0410 0.0027 293 40.0147 10 GSGAFGTVYK Her2/neu.727 0.0660 0.1300 294 40.0153 10 ASPLDSTFYR Her2/neu.997 0.0003 0.0670 295 - Using the B7-like supermotifs identified in the related applications described above, sequences from various pathogens and tumor-related proteins were analyzed for the presence of these motifs. Screening was carried out described in the related applications. Table 13 provides the results of searches of the antigens.
-
TABLE 13 SEQ Peptide Sequence Source ID NO: 40.0013 SPGLSAGI CEA.680I8 296 40.0022 KPYDGIPA Her2/neu.921 297 40.0023 KPYDGIPI Her2/neu.921I8 298 40.0050 APRMPEAA p53.63 299 40.0051 APRMPEAI p53.63I8 300 40.0055 APAAPTPI p53.76I8 301 40.0057 APTPAAPI p53.79I8 302 40.0059 TPAAPAPI p53.81I8 303 40.0061 APAPAPSI p53.84I8 304 40.0062 SPALNKMF p53.127 305 40.0063 SPALNKMI p53.127I8 306 40.0117 SPSAPPHRI CEA.3I9 307 40.0119 PPHRWCIPI CEA.7I9 308 40.0120 GPAYSGREI CEA.92 309 40.0156 MPNQAQMRILI Her2/neu.706I10 310 40.0157 MPYGCLLDHVI Her2/neu.801I10 311 40.0161 APPHRWCIPW CEA.6 312 40.0162 APPHRWCIPI CEA.6I10 313 40.0163 IPWQRLLLTA CEA.13 314 40.0164 IPWQRLLLTI CEA.13I10 315 40.0166 LPQHLFGYSI CEA.58I10 316 40.0201 RPRFRELVSEF Her2/neu.966 317 40.0202 RPRFRELVSEI Her2/neu.966I11 318 40.0205 PPSPREGPLPA Her2/neu.1149 319 40.0206 PPSPREGPLPI Her2/neu.1149I11 320 40.0207 GPLPAARPAGA Her2/neu.1155 321 40.0208 GPLPAARPAGI Her2/neu.1155I11 322 40.0231 APAPAAPTPAA p53.74 323 40.0232 APAPAAPTPAI p53.74I11 324 40.0233 APAAPTPAAPA p53.76 325 40.0234 APAAPTPAAPI p53.76I11 326 45.0003 IPWQRLLI CEA.13.I8 327 45.0004 LPQHLFGI CEA.58.I8 328 45.0007 RPGVNLSI CEA.428.I8 329 45.0010 IPQQHTQI CEA.632.I8 330 45.0011 TPNNNGTI CEA.646.I8 331 45.0016 CPLHNQEI Her2/neu.315.I8 332 45.0017 KPCARVCI Her2/neu.336.I8 333 45.0019 WPDSLPDI Her2/neu.415.I8 334 45.0023 SPYVSRLI Her2/neu.779.I8 335 45.0024 VPIKWMAI Her2/neu.884.I8 336 45.0026 RPRFRELI Her2/neu.966.I8 337 45.0028 APGAGGMI Her2/neu.1036.I8 338 45.0031 SPGKNGVI Her2/neu.1174.I8 339 45.0037 SPQGASSI MAGE3.64.I8 340 45.0038 YPLWSQSI MAGE3.77.I8 341 45.0044 SPLPSQAI p53.33.I8 342 45.0046 MPEAAPPI p53.66.I8 343 45.0047 APAPSWPI p53.86.I8 344 45.0051 KPVEDKDAI CEA.155.I9 345 45.0054 IPQQHTQVI CEA.632.I9 346 45.0060 APPVAPAPI p53.70.I9 347 45.0062 APAAPTPAI p53.76.I9 348 45.0064 PPGTRVRAI p53.152.I9 349 45.0065 APPQHLIRI p53.189.I9 350 45.0071 IPQQHTQVLI CEA.632.I10 351 45.0072 SPGLSAGATI CEA.680.I10 352 45.0073 SPMCKGSRCI Her2/neu.196.I10 353 45.0074 MPNPEGRYTI Her2/neu.282.I10 354 45.0076 CPLHNQEVTI Her2/neu.315.I10 355 45.0079 KPDLSYMPII Her2/neu.605.I10 356 45.0080 TPSGAMPNQI Her2/neu.701.I10 357 45.0084 GPASPLDSTI Her2/neu.995.I10 358 45.0091 APPVAPAPAI p53.70.I10 359 45.0092 APAPAAPTPI p53.74.I10 360 45.0093 APTPAAPAPI p53.79.I10 361 45.0094 APSWPLSSSI p53.88.I10 362 45.0103 APTISPLNTSI CEA.239.I11 363 45.0108 SPSYTYYRPGI CEA.421.I11 364 45.0117 CPSGVKPDLSI Her2/neu.600.I11 365 45.0118 SPLTSIISAVI Her2/neu.649.I11 366 45.0119 IPDGENVKIPI Her2/neu.740.I11 367 45.0124 SPLDSTFYRSI Her2/neu.998.I11 368 45.0128 LPAARPAGATI Her2/neu.1157.I11 369 45.0134 HPRKLLMQDLI MAGE2.241.I11 370 45.0135 GPRALIETSYI MAGE2.274.I11 371 45.0139 GPRALVETSYI MAGE3.274.I11 372 45.0140 APRMPEAAPPI p53.63.I11 373 45.0141 VPSQKTYQGSI p53.97.I11 374 1145.10 FPHCLAFAY HBV POL 541 analog 375 1145.09 FPVCLAFSY HBV POL 541 analog 376 26.0570 YPALMPLYACI HBV.pol.645 377 - The above description is provided to illustrate the invention but not to limit its scope. Other variants of the invention will be readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art and are encompassed by the appended claims. All publications, patents, and patent applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference.
Claims (19)
1. A composition comprising an immunogenic peptide having an HLA-A2.1 binding motif, which immunogenic peptide is selected from a group consisting of:
2. A method of inducing a cytotoxic T cell response against a preselected antigen in a patient expressing an HLA-A2.1 MHC product, the method comprising contacting cytotoxic T cells from the patient with a composition comprising an immunogenic peptide selected from the group consisting of:
3. A composition comprising an immunogenic peptide selected from a group consisting of:
4. A method of inducing a cytotoxic T cell response against a preselected antigen in a patient, the method comprising contacting cytotoxic T cells from the patient with a composition comprising an immunogenic peptide selected from the group consisting of:
5. A composition comprising an immunogenic peptide selected from a group consisting of the peptides listed in Tables 3, 12 and 13.
6. A method of inducing a cytotoxic T cell response against a preselected antigen in a patient, the method comprising contacting cytotoxic T cells from the patient with a composition comprising an immunogenic peptide selected from the group consisting of the peptides listed in Tables 3, 12 and 13.
7. A composition comprising an immunogenic peptide, wherein said immunogenic peptide consists of a sequence selected from a group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 1-377.
8. A composition comprising an immunogenic peptide of less than about 15 amino acids in length, wherein said immunogenic peptide comprises a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 1-377.
9. An isolated peptide less than about 15 amino acids in length, wherein said peptide comprises a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 1-377.
10. An isolated peptide having a sequence selected from a group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 1-377.
11. A method of inducing a cytotoxic T cell response against a preselected antigen in a patient, comprising contacting cytotoxic T cells from the patient with the composition of claim 7 or 8 .
12. The composition of claim 7 , wherein said immunogenic peptide comprises the sequence KLBPVQLWV (SEQ ID NO:9).
13. The composition of claim 8 , wherein said immunogenic peptide comprises the sequence KLBPVQLWV (SEQ ID NO:9).
14. The isolated peptide of claim 9 , wherein said peptide comprises the sequence KLBPVQLWV (SEQ ID NO:9).
15. The isolated peptide of claim 10 , wherein said peptide consists of the sequence KLBPVQLWV (SEQ ID NO:9).
16. The composition of claim 7 , wherein said immunogenic peptide comprises the sequence SMPPPGTRV (SEQ ID NO:4).
17. The composition of claim 8 , wherein said immunogenic peptide comprises the sequence SMPPPGTRV (SEQ ID NO:4).
18. The isolated peptide of claim 9 , wherein said peptide comprises the sequence SMPPPGTRV (SEQ ID NO:4).
19. The isolated peptide of claim 10 , wherein said peptide consists of the sequence SMPPPGTRV (SEQ ID NO:4).
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US11/882,719 US20090012004A1 (en) | 1998-06-17 | 2007-08-03 | HLA binding peptides and their uses |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US09/189,702 US7252829B1 (en) | 1998-06-17 | 1998-11-10 | HLA binding peptides and their uses |
| US9858498A | 1998-12-31 | 1998-12-31 | |
| US11/882,719 US20090012004A1 (en) | 1998-06-17 | 2007-08-03 | HLA binding peptides and their uses |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US09/189,702 Continuation US7252829B1 (en) | 1992-01-29 | 1998-11-10 | HLA binding peptides and their uses |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20090012004A1 true US20090012004A1 (en) | 2009-01-08 |
Family
ID=38324304
Family Applications (3)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US09/189,702 Expired - Fee Related US7252829B1 (en) | 1992-01-29 | 1998-11-10 | HLA binding peptides and their uses |
| US10/121,415 Abandoned US20020160960A1 (en) | 1992-08-07 | 2002-04-11 | HLA binding peptides and their uses |
| US11/882,719 Abandoned US20090012004A1 (en) | 1998-06-17 | 2007-08-03 | HLA binding peptides and their uses |
Family Applications Before (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US09/189,702 Expired - Fee Related US7252829B1 (en) | 1992-01-29 | 1998-11-10 | HLA binding peptides and their uses |
| US10/121,415 Abandoned US20020160960A1 (en) | 1992-08-07 | 2002-04-11 | HLA binding peptides and their uses |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (3) | US7252829B1 (en) |
Cited By (15)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20110300168A1 (en) * | 2010-05-03 | 2011-12-08 | The Johns Hopkins University | Compositions and methods for inducing an immune response against influenza antigens |
| WO2012033142A1 (en) | 2010-09-08 | 2012-03-15 | 学校法人 埼玉医科大学 | Hepatitis c virus liposome vaccine |
| US20140370044A1 (en) * | 2012-01-30 | 2014-12-18 | Katholieke Universiteit Leuven | Modified epitopes for boosting cd4+ t-cell responses |
| US10617748B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2020-04-14 | Life Sciences Research Partners Vzw | Immunogenic control of tumours and tumour cells |
| US10662232B2 (en) | 2006-08-11 | 2020-05-26 | Life Sciences Research Partners Vzw | Immunogenic peptides and their use in immune disorders |
| US10729791B2 (en) | 2015-05-18 | 2020-08-04 | Imcyse Sa | Animal models for evaluating pharmaceutical compounds |
| US10973965B2 (en) | 2014-12-22 | 2021-04-13 | Smith & Nephew Plc | Systems and methods of calibrating operating parameters of negative pressure wound therapy apparatuses |
| US10982196B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2021-04-20 | Life Sciences Research Partners Vzw | Immunotherapy targeting intracellular pathogens |
| CN113329761A (en) * | 2018-09-04 | 2021-08-31 | 特雷斯生物有限公司 | Peptide vaccine |
| US11193114B2 (en) | 2010-11-25 | 2021-12-07 | Imnate Sarl | Immunogenic peptides for use in the prevention and/or treatment of infectious diseases, autoimmune diseases, immune responses to allofactors, allergic diseases, tumors, graft rejection and immune responses against viral vectors used for gene therapy or gene vaccination |
| US11226332B2 (en) | 2013-05-28 | 2022-01-18 | Imcyse Sa | Method for the detection, preparation and depletion of CD4+ t lymphocytes |
| US11485768B2 (en) | 2016-04-19 | 2022-11-01 | Imcyse Sa | Immunogenic CD1d binding peptides |
| US11787849B2 (en) | 2015-09-25 | 2023-10-17 | Imcyse Sa | Methods and compounds for eliminating immune responses to therapeutic agents |
| US12023384B2 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2024-07-02 | Imcyse Sa | Immunogenic peptides comprising an MHC class II T cell epitope and a redox motif |
| AU2023222999B2 (en) * | 2016-10-07 | 2025-07-24 | Enterome S.A. | Immunogenic compounds for cancer therapy |
Families Citing this family (23)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US7611713B2 (en) * | 1993-03-05 | 2009-11-03 | Pharmexa Inc. | Inducing cellular immune responses to hepatitis B virus using peptide compositions |
| US7252829B1 (en) * | 1998-06-17 | 2007-08-07 | Idm Pharma, Inc. | HLA binding peptides and their uses |
| US20110097352A9 (en) * | 1992-01-29 | 2011-04-28 | Pharmexa Inc. | Inducing cellular immune responses to hepatitis B virus using peptide and nucleic acid compositions |
| WO1999058658A2 (en) * | 1998-05-13 | 1999-11-18 | Epimmune, Inc. | Expression vectors for stimulating an immune response and methods of using the same |
| CA2377525A1 (en) * | 1999-07-19 | 2001-03-29 | Epimmune, Inc. | Inducing cellular immune responses to hepatitis c virus using peptide and nucleic acid compositions |
| US7026443B1 (en) * | 1999-12-10 | 2006-04-11 | Epimmune Inc. | Inducing cellular immune responses to human Papillomavirus using peptide and nucleic acid compositions |
| US7462354B2 (en) * | 1999-12-28 | 2008-12-09 | Pharmexa Inc. | Method and system for optimizing minigenes and peptides encoded thereby |
| US20040248113A1 (en) * | 1999-12-28 | 2004-12-09 | Alessandro Sette | Method and system for optimizing multi-epitope nucleic acid constructs and peptides encoded thereby |
| US20060222656A1 (en) * | 2005-04-01 | 2006-10-05 | University Of Maryland, Baltimore | MAGE-A3/HPV 16 peptide vaccines for head and neck cancer |
| US7842480B2 (en) * | 2001-05-18 | 2010-11-30 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Chimeric antigen-specific t cell-activating polypeptides |
| AU2003230603A1 (en) * | 2002-03-08 | 2003-09-22 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Controlled modulation of amino acid side chain length of peptide antigens |
| US20070037769A1 (en) * | 2003-03-14 | 2007-02-15 | Multicell Immunotherapeutics, Inc. | Compositions and methods to treat and control tumors by loading antigen presenting cells |
| EP2258712A3 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2011-05-04 | Multicell Immunotherapeutics, Inc. | Compositions and Methods to Initiate or Enhance Antibody and Major-histocompatibility Class I or Class II-restricted T Cell Responses by Using Immunomodulatory, Non-coding RNA Motifs |
| WO2004087877A2 (en) * | 2003-03-26 | 2004-10-14 | Astral Inc. | Selected rna motifs to include cell death and/or apoptosis |
| WO2005012502A2 (en) * | 2003-03-28 | 2005-02-10 | Idm Pharma, Inc. | Methods of identifying optimal variants of peptide epitopes |
| US8945573B2 (en) | 2005-09-08 | 2015-02-03 | The Henry M. Jackson Foundation For The Advancement Of Military Medicine, Inc. | Targeted identification of immunogenic peptides |
| WO2008094510A2 (en) * | 2007-01-26 | 2008-08-07 | The Regents Of The University Of Colorado | Methods of modulating immune function |
| CN105816867A (en) * | 2007-06-01 | 2016-08-03 | 亨利·M·杰克逊军事医学促进基金会 | Vaccine for the prevention of breast cancer relapse |
| AU2008317374B2 (en) * | 2007-10-23 | 2015-03-19 | The Regents Of The University Of Colorado | Competitive inhibitors of invariant chain expression and/or ectopic clip binding |
| CA2730773A1 (en) | 2008-07-14 | 2010-01-21 | Martha Karen Newell | Methods and products for treating proliferative diseases |
| EP2323680A4 (en) * | 2008-07-25 | 2013-05-01 | Viral Genetics Inc | PROTEINS FOR USE IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF INFECTION AND DISEASE |
| US20100166782A1 (en) * | 2008-07-25 | 2010-07-01 | Martha Karen Newell | Clip inhibitors and methods of modulating immune function |
| US20100034839A1 (en) * | 2008-07-25 | 2010-02-11 | Martha Karen Newell | Methods for treating viral disorders |
Citations (19)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4599230A (en) * | 1984-03-09 | 1986-07-08 | Scripps Clinic And Research Foundation | Synthetic hepatitis B virus vaccine including both T cell and B cell determinants |
| US5028425A (en) * | 1988-07-07 | 1991-07-02 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Synthetic vaccine against P. falciparum malaria |
| US5200320A (en) * | 1987-12-07 | 1993-04-06 | National Jewish Center For Immunology And Respiratory Medicine | Method for identifying useful polypeptide vaccines |
| US5342774A (en) * | 1991-05-23 | 1994-08-30 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | Nucleotide sequence encoding the tumor rejection antigen precursor, MAGE-1 |
| US5405940A (en) * | 1992-08-31 | 1995-04-11 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | Isolated nonapeptides derived from MAGE genes and uses thereof |
| US5462871A (en) * | 1992-08-31 | 1995-10-31 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | Isolated nucleic acid molecules which encode MAGE derived nonapeptides |
| US5503829A (en) * | 1992-04-21 | 1996-04-02 | Institut Pasteur | Recombinant mutants for inducing specific immune responses |
| US5662907A (en) * | 1992-08-07 | 1997-09-02 | Cytel Corporation | Induction of anti-tumor cytotoxic T lymphocytes in humans using synthetic peptide epitopes |
| US5686068A (en) * | 1994-03-24 | 1997-11-11 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | Isolated peptides derived from MAGE-2, cytolytic T cells specific to complexes of peptide and HLA-A2 molecules, and uses thereof |
| US5736142A (en) * | 1993-09-14 | 1998-04-07 | Cytel Corporation | Alteration of immune response using pan DR-binding peptides |
| US5750395A (en) * | 1993-08-06 | 1998-05-12 | Cytel Corporation | DNA encoding MAGE-1 C-terminal cytotoxic t lymphocyte immunogenic peptides |
| US5783567A (en) * | 1997-01-22 | 1998-07-21 | Pangaea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Microparticles for delivery of nucleic acid |
| US5840303A (en) * | 1991-08-26 | 1998-11-24 | The Scripps Research Foundation | Peptides for inducing cytotoxic T lymphocyte responses to hepatitis B virus |
| US6037135A (en) * | 1992-08-07 | 2000-03-14 | Epimmune Inc. | Methods for making HLA binding peptides and their uses |
| US6063900A (en) * | 1994-03-24 | 2000-05-16 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | Isolated tumor rejection antigen precursor MAGE-2 derived peptides, and uses thereof |
| US6075122A (en) * | 1993-03-17 | 2000-06-13 | University Of Washington | Immune reactivity to HER-2/neu protein for diagnosis and treatment of malignancies in which the HER-2/neu oncogene is associated |
| US6514942B1 (en) * | 1995-03-14 | 2003-02-04 | The Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Methods and compositions for stimulating T-lymphocytes |
| US20050196403A1 (en) * | 1998-06-17 | 2005-09-08 | John Fikes | Inducing cellular immune responses to p53 using peptide and nucleic acid compositions |
| US7252829B1 (en) * | 1998-06-17 | 2007-08-07 | Idm Pharma, Inc. | HLA binding peptides and their uses |
Family Cites Families (24)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| FI83662C (en) | 1980-07-17 | 1991-08-12 | Scripps Clinic Res | Diagnostic antibody and procedure for its preparation |
| FR2591227B1 (en) | 1985-12-06 | 1988-11-10 | Pasteur Institut | PEPTIDES CAPABLE OF INHIBITING INTERACTIONS BETWEEN LAV VIRUSES AND T4 LYMPHOCYTES, DERIVATIVES THEREOF AND THEIR APPLICATIONS |
| DE346022T1 (en) | 1988-06-10 | 1990-05-23 | Medical Research Council, London | PEPTIDE FRAGMENTS OF HIV. |
| WO1992002543A1 (en) | 1990-08-01 | 1992-02-20 | Cytel Corporation | Novel immunosuppressant peptides |
| EP0568623A1 (en) | 1991-01-22 | 1993-11-10 | The Immune Response Corporation | Vaccination and methods against diseases resulting from pathogenic responses by specific t cell populations |
| DE4143467C2 (en) | 1991-05-17 | 1995-02-09 | Max Planck Gesellschaft | Peptide motif and its use |
| CA2115839C (en) | 1991-08-26 | 2010-06-01 | Maria A. Vitiello | Hla-restricted hepatitis b virus ctl epitopes |
| CZ42894A3 (en) | 1991-08-26 | 1995-02-15 | Scripps Research Inst | Peptides inducing cytotoxic response of t lymphocytes to hepatitis b virus |
| US5314813A (en) | 1992-02-19 | 1994-05-24 | Scripps Research Institute | Drosophila cell lines expressing genes encoding MHC class I antigens and B2-microglobulin and capable of assembling empty complexes and methods of making said cell lines |
| US5972351A (en) | 1992-04-03 | 1999-10-26 | Isis Innovation Limited | Plasmodium falciparum MHC class I-restricted CTL epitopes derived from pre-erythrocytic stage antigens |
| IL105554A (en) | 1992-05-05 | 1999-08-17 | Univ Leiden | Peptides of human papilloma virus for use in human t cell response inducing compositions |
| AU4998993A (en) | 1992-08-07 | 1994-03-03 | Epimmune, Inc. | Hla binding peptides and their uses |
| DE69333670T2 (en) | 1992-08-31 | 2005-03-10 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | MAGE-3 GEN DERIVED AND HLA-A1 PRESENTED, ISOLATED NONPEPTIDE AND ITS APPLICATIONS |
| DE4238416A1 (en) | 1992-11-13 | 1994-05-19 | Max Planck Gesellschaft | Determination of peptide motifs on MHC molecules |
| US5519117A (en) | 1992-12-22 | 1996-05-21 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | Isolated, tyrosinase derived peptides and uses thereof |
| ATE466869T1 (en) | 1993-03-05 | 2010-05-15 | Epimmune Inc | METHOD FOR PRODUCING IMMUNOGENIC HLA-A2.1-BINDING PEPTIDES |
| CA2173138A1 (en) | 1993-10-19 | 1995-04-27 | Masafumi Takiguchi | Peptide capable of inducing immune response against hiv and aids preventive or remedy containing the peptide |
| FI972514A7 (en) | 1994-12-14 | 1997-08-12 | Scripps Research Inst | In vivo activation of tumor-specific cytotoxic T cells |
| AU5849796A (en) * | 1994-12-27 | 1996-08-07 | United Biomedical Inc. | Peptide ratchet libraries for ctl-inducing vaccines and therapeutics |
| US5788963A (en) | 1995-07-31 | 1998-08-04 | Pacific Northwest Cancer Foundation | Isolation and/or preservation of dendritic cells for prostate cancer immunotherapy |
| US5840839A (en) | 1996-02-09 | 1998-11-24 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services | Alternative open reading frame DNA of a normal gene and a novel human cancer antigen encoded therein |
| ES2205209T3 (en) | 1996-04-26 | 2004-05-01 | Rijksuniversiteit Te Leiden | PROCEDURES FOR SELECTION AND PRODUCTION OF PEPTIDIC EPITHOPES OF T-LYMPHOCYTES AND VACCINES CONTAINING THE INDICATED SELECTED EPITHOPES. |
| EP1012238A4 (en) | 1997-01-31 | 2003-03-05 | Epimmune Inc | CELLS WITH PEPTIDES OR ANTIGENS WITH PEPTIDES |
| AU2088701A (en) | 1999-12-10 | 2001-06-18 | Epimmune, Inc. | Inducing cellular immune responses to p53 using peptide and nucleic acid compositions |
-
1998
- 1998-11-10 US US09/189,702 patent/US7252829B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2002
- 2002-04-11 US US10/121,415 patent/US20020160960A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2007
- 2007-08-03 US US11/882,719 patent/US20090012004A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (19)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4599230A (en) * | 1984-03-09 | 1986-07-08 | Scripps Clinic And Research Foundation | Synthetic hepatitis B virus vaccine including both T cell and B cell determinants |
| US5200320A (en) * | 1987-12-07 | 1993-04-06 | National Jewish Center For Immunology And Respiratory Medicine | Method for identifying useful polypeptide vaccines |
| US5028425A (en) * | 1988-07-07 | 1991-07-02 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Synthetic vaccine against P. falciparum malaria |
| US5342774A (en) * | 1991-05-23 | 1994-08-30 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | Nucleotide sequence encoding the tumor rejection antigen precursor, MAGE-1 |
| US5840303A (en) * | 1991-08-26 | 1998-11-24 | The Scripps Research Foundation | Peptides for inducing cytotoxic T lymphocyte responses to hepatitis B virus |
| US5503829A (en) * | 1992-04-21 | 1996-04-02 | Institut Pasteur | Recombinant mutants for inducing specific immune responses |
| US6037135A (en) * | 1992-08-07 | 2000-03-14 | Epimmune Inc. | Methods for making HLA binding peptides and their uses |
| US5662907A (en) * | 1992-08-07 | 1997-09-02 | Cytel Corporation | Induction of anti-tumor cytotoxic T lymphocytes in humans using synthetic peptide epitopes |
| US5405940A (en) * | 1992-08-31 | 1995-04-11 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | Isolated nonapeptides derived from MAGE genes and uses thereof |
| US5462871A (en) * | 1992-08-31 | 1995-10-31 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | Isolated nucleic acid molecules which encode MAGE derived nonapeptides |
| US6075122A (en) * | 1993-03-17 | 2000-06-13 | University Of Washington | Immune reactivity to HER-2/neu protein for diagnosis and treatment of malignancies in which the HER-2/neu oncogene is associated |
| US5750395A (en) * | 1993-08-06 | 1998-05-12 | Cytel Corporation | DNA encoding MAGE-1 C-terminal cytotoxic t lymphocyte immunogenic peptides |
| US5736142A (en) * | 1993-09-14 | 1998-04-07 | Cytel Corporation | Alteration of immune response using pan DR-binding peptides |
| US5686068A (en) * | 1994-03-24 | 1997-11-11 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | Isolated peptides derived from MAGE-2, cytolytic T cells specific to complexes of peptide and HLA-A2 molecules, and uses thereof |
| US6063900A (en) * | 1994-03-24 | 2000-05-16 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | Isolated tumor rejection antigen precursor MAGE-2 derived peptides, and uses thereof |
| US6514942B1 (en) * | 1995-03-14 | 2003-02-04 | The Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Methods and compositions for stimulating T-lymphocytes |
| US5783567A (en) * | 1997-01-22 | 1998-07-21 | Pangaea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Microparticles for delivery of nucleic acid |
| US20050196403A1 (en) * | 1998-06-17 | 2005-09-08 | John Fikes | Inducing cellular immune responses to p53 using peptide and nucleic acid compositions |
| US7252829B1 (en) * | 1998-06-17 | 2007-08-07 | Idm Pharma, Inc. | HLA binding peptides and their uses |
Cited By (19)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US10662232B2 (en) | 2006-08-11 | 2020-05-26 | Life Sciences Research Partners Vzw | Immunogenic peptides and their use in immune disorders |
| US11718650B2 (en) | 2006-08-11 | 2023-08-08 | Imcyse Sa | Immunogenic peptides and their use in immune disorders |
| US10617748B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2020-04-14 | Life Sciences Research Partners Vzw | Immunogenic control of tumours and tumour cells |
| US10982196B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2021-04-20 | Life Sciences Research Partners Vzw | Immunotherapy targeting intracellular pathogens |
| US20110300168A1 (en) * | 2010-05-03 | 2011-12-08 | The Johns Hopkins University | Compositions and methods for inducing an immune response against influenza antigens |
| WO2012033142A1 (en) | 2010-09-08 | 2012-03-15 | 学校法人 埼玉医科大学 | Hepatitis c virus liposome vaccine |
| US9814785B2 (en) | 2010-09-08 | 2017-11-14 | Saitama Medical University | Hepatitis C virus liposome vaccine |
| US11193114B2 (en) | 2010-11-25 | 2021-12-07 | Imnate Sarl | Immunogenic peptides for use in the prevention and/or treatment of infectious diseases, autoimmune diseases, immune responses to allofactors, allergic diseases, tumors, graft rejection and immune responses against viral vectors used for gene therapy or gene vaccination |
| US20140370044A1 (en) * | 2012-01-30 | 2014-12-18 | Katholieke Universiteit Leuven | Modified epitopes for boosting cd4+ t-cell responses |
| US10899795B2 (en) * | 2012-01-30 | 2021-01-26 | Life Sciences Research Partners Vzw | Modified epitopes for boosting CD4+ T-cell responses |
| US11226332B2 (en) | 2013-05-28 | 2022-01-18 | Imcyse Sa | Method for the detection, preparation and depletion of CD4+ t lymphocytes |
| US12023384B2 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2024-07-02 | Imcyse Sa | Immunogenic peptides comprising an MHC class II T cell epitope and a redox motif |
| US10973965B2 (en) | 2014-12-22 | 2021-04-13 | Smith & Nephew Plc | Systems and methods of calibrating operating parameters of negative pressure wound therapy apparatuses |
| US11654228B2 (en) | 2014-12-22 | 2023-05-23 | Smith & Nephew Plc | Status indication for negative pressure wound therapy |
| US10729791B2 (en) | 2015-05-18 | 2020-08-04 | Imcyse Sa | Animal models for evaluating pharmaceutical compounds |
| US11787849B2 (en) | 2015-09-25 | 2023-10-17 | Imcyse Sa | Methods and compounds for eliminating immune responses to therapeutic agents |
| US11485768B2 (en) | 2016-04-19 | 2022-11-01 | Imcyse Sa | Immunogenic CD1d binding peptides |
| AU2023222999B2 (en) * | 2016-10-07 | 2025-07-24 | Enterome S.A. | Immunogenic compounds for cancer therapy |
| CN113329761A (en) * | 2018-09-04 | 2021-08-31 | 特雷斯生物有限公司 | Peptide vaccine |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| US20020160960A1 (en) | 2002-10-31 |
| US7252829B1 (en) | 2007-08-07 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US7252829B1 (en) | HLA binding peptides and their uses | |
| EP1917970B1 (en) | Hla binding peptides and their uses | |
| AU725550B2 (en) | HLA binding peptides and their uses | |
| CA2248667C (en) | Hla-a2.1 binding peptides and their uses | |
| EP1911461A2 (en) | HLA class I and II binding peptides and their uses | |
| US20020098197A1 (en) | Hla binding peptides and their uses | |
| CA2400215A1 (en) | Hla binding peptides and their uses | |
| JP2010090167A (en) | Hla (human leukocyte antigen) binding peptides and applications of the same | |
| US20020177694A1 (en) | Hla binding peptides and their uses | |
| CA2420225A1 (en) | Hla-a2.1 binding peptides and their uses | |
| EP1320377B1 (en) | Hla binding peptides and their uses | |
| WO2002020053A1 (en) | Hla binding peptides and their uses | |
| EP1767542B1 (en) | HLA-A2.1 binding peptides and their uses | |
| KR20030036139A (en) | HLA Binding peptides and their uses | |
| MXPA98007706A (en) | Peptides of union to locus a of human leukocytes and its u |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |
|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: BIOTECH SYNERGY, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:IDM PHARMA, INC.;REEL/FRAME:033453/0170 Effective date: 20110331 Owner name: OSE PHARMA INTERNATIONAL SA, SWITZERLAND Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:BIOTECH SYNERGY, INC.;REEL/FRAME:033453/0211 Effective date: 20140620 |